diff --git a/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0-All.csv b/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0-All.csv index 52349d0..23552f3 100644 --- a/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0-All.csv +++ b/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0-All.csv @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ Aquatic Setting,,,,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting,"The Aquatic Setting (AS) is comprised of three hierarchical levels (System, Subsystem and Tidal Zone) and provides the context for all CMECS components. It distinguishes oceans, estuaries and lakes, deep and shallow waters and submerged and intertidal environments within which more refined classification of geological, physicochemical, and biological information can be organized.",,1.1.0,A,None,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000034,CMECS_00000034,Original Unit,,, Aquatic Setting,Lacustrine System,,,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting System,"The CMECS Lacustrine System includes (a) all deep-water areas of the Great Lakes and (b) shoreline areas of the Great Lakes with less than 30 percent areal coverage by trees, shrubs, and persistent emergents. In areas with a greater percentage of vegetative cover, the appropriate Palustrine FGDC-STD-004 should be used for classification. Where a river enters or leaves a lake, the extension of the lacustrine shoreline forms the riverine-lacustrine boundary.","FGDC (Federal Geographic Data Committee). 1996b. FGDC-STD-004. Classification of Wetlands and Deepwater Habitats of the United States. Reston, VA: Federal Geographic Data Committee.",1.1.0,A,1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000453,CMECS_00000453,Original Unit,,, Aquatic Setting,Lacustrine System,Lacustrine Littoral Subsystem,,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Subsystem,"The Littoral Subsystem includes shallow habitats in the Lacustrine System. The shoreward boundary of this subsystem extends to the landward limit of non-persistent emergents. The lakeward boundary includes all waters to a depth of 2 meters below Mean Lower Low Water (MLLW), or to the maximum extent of non-persistent emergents, whichever depth is greater.",,1.1.0,A,1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000452,CMECS_00000452,Original Unit,,, -Aquatic Setting,Lacustrine System,Lacustrine Limnetic Subsystem,,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Subsystem,"The Limnetic Subsystem includes all deep-water habitats within the Lacustrine System. ""Deep-water habitats"" are those that occur at depths greater than 2 meters below MLLW—unless there are non-persistent emergents in those areas. In which case, ""deep-water habits"" are those beyond the limit of occurrence of non-persistent emergents.",,1.1.0,A,1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000451,CMECS_00000451,Original Unit,,, +Aquatic Setting,Lacustrine System,Lacustrine Limnetic Subsystem,,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Subsystem,"The Limnetic Subsystem includes all deep-water habitats within the Lacustrine System. ""Deep-water habitats"" are those that occur at depths greater than 2 meters below MLLW�unless there are non-persistent emergents in those areas. In which case, ""deep-water habits"" are those beyond the limit of occurrence of non-persistent emergents.",,1.1.0,A,1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000451,CMECS_00000451,Original Unit,,, Aquatic Setting,Estuarine System,,,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting System,"The Estuarine System is defined by salinity and geomorphology. This System includes tidally influenced waters that (a) have an open-surface connection to the sea, (b) are regularly diluted by freshwater runoff from land, and (c) exhibit some degree of land enclosure. The Estuarine System extends upstream to the head of tide and seaward to the mouth of the estuary. Head of tide is identified in accordance with the Metadata Profile for Shoreline Data, FGDC-STD-001.2-2001 (FGDC 2001) as the inland or upstream limit of water affected by a tide of at least 0.2 foot (0.06 meter) amplitude. The mouth of the estuary is defined by an imaginary line connecting the seaward-most points of land that enclose the estuarine water mass at MLLW. Islands are included as headlands if they contribute significantly to the enclosure. Estuaries occur on continents or on islands and include waters of any depth. In CMECS they are defined as waters bounded by significant enclosure by land, having a direct connection to the sea and receiving measurable freshwater input to some part of the enclosed system during an average year. Salinity, a dimensionless conductivity ratio as measured on the practical salinity scale (PSS), was established by the IAPSO (International Association for the Physical Sciences of the Oceans) in 1978 (UNESCO 1981), and is of prime importance in distinguishing freshwater from saline estuarine environments and differentiating among estuarine and marine environments of differing salinity. The range of salinity considered in the CMECS classification extends from zero to hyperhaline (>40). Oceanic salinities normally encountered throughout the world range from 30-40 on the PSS scale. Highly saline negative estuaries such as Laguna Madre and Florida Bay may experience salinity as high as 70-80. Extreme environments like the Dead Sea have salinity near 300. The tidally influenced part of the estuary may occur in a fresh reach where salinity is <0.5. According to FGDC-STD-004, this area would be classified within the Riverine System. However in CMECS, the Tidal Riverine area is considered to be an integral part of the ecology of the estuarine ecosystem, so it is classified within the Estuarine System instead. -The Estuarine System has four subsystems: Coastal, Open Water, Tidal Riverine Coastal, and Tidal Riverine Open Water.","FGDC (Federal Geographic Data Committee). 2001. FGDC-STD-001.2-2001. Metadata Profile for Shoreline Data. Reston, VA: Federal Geographic Data Committee.|UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization). 1981. “The Practical Salinity Scale 1978 and he International Equation of State of Seawater 1980.” Appendix I, Tenth Report of the Joint Panel on Oceanographic Tables and Standards. Paris: UNESCO. UNESCO Technical Papers in Marine Science No. 36.",1.1.0,A,2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000311,CMECS_00000311,Original Unit,,, -Aquatic Setting,Estuarine System,Estuarine Coastal Subsystem,,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Subsystem,"The Estuarine Coastal Subsystem extends from the supratidal zone at the land margin up to the 4 meter depth contour in waters that have salinity greater than 0.5 (during the period of average annual low flow). The Estuarine Coastal Subsystem would be considered the shallow perimeter in a deeper estuary, although many estuaries may be entirely less than 4 meters deep and be classified as completely in the Coastal Subsystem. The 4 meter contour was selected as a cutoff between ""coastal"" and ""offshore"" estuarine waters because it identifies (somewhat arbitrarily) a region that is both shallow and generally in close proximity to the shore, making the substrate-to-water volume ratio here the highest in the entire estuary. A convening of experts delineated this 4 meter contour as described in Reilly, Spagnolo, and Ambrogio (1999) as important in both an ecological and a regulatory sense in estuarine systems and CMECS has adopted it to emphasize the significant human and natural processes that occur there. The high wetland-water ration and pelagic-benthic connectivity makes the Estuarine Coastal Subsystem an extremely dynamic and active area in terms of hydrodynamics, geology, and biology. It is this area in shallow coastal waters where maximum interaction between estuarine waters, and adjacent wetlands or developed shoreline occurs and often where intense juxtaposition of human activity and the natural system occurs. Watershed, point and non-point inputs to the estuary are often maximal in this shallow zone. Because the Coastal Subsystem tends to receive an abundance of light, these waters and bottom areas are usually sites of high primary production. In water columns, shallow waters typically support high phytoplankton productivity while shallow water bottoms are covered in highly productive microphytobenthos, macroalgae and/or rooted macrophytes and their attached epiphytic communities. As regions of high primary production, shallow waters attract an abundance of higher trophic level organisms that feed on plants and on their grazer communities. Strong physical subsidies from flowing waters and wind stresses create waves and currents that generally maintain the shallow waters in a well-oxidized state. Surface waters of the Coastal Subsystem tend to be well-mixed and are affected by strong physical processes that impact the bottom: resuspending sediments, reducing light and altering spectral characteristics of the light climate. The estuarine bottom in shallow waters is also subject to frequent wind-induced reworking and transport of sediments and dynamic bedforms.","Reilly, F., Jr., R. Spagnolo, and E. Ambrogio. 1999. “Marine and Estuarine Shallow Water Science and Management: The Interrelationship among Habitats and Their Management.” Estuaries 22 (3B): 731–734.",1.1.0,A,2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000300,CMECS_00000300,Original Unit,,, +The Estuarine System has four subsystems: Coastal, Open Water, Tidal Riverine Coastal, and Tidal Riverine Open Water.","FGDC (Federal Geographic Data Committee). 2001. FGDC-STD-001.2-2001. Metadata Profile for Shoreline Data. Reston, VA: Federal Geographic Data Committee.|UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization). 1981. �The Practical Salinity Scale 1978 and he International Equation of State of Seawater 1980.� Appendix I, Tenth Report of the Joint Panel on Oceanographic Tables and Standards. Paris: UNESCO. UNESCO Technical Papers in Marine Science No. 36.",1.1.0,A,2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000311,CMECS_00000311,Original Unit,,, +Aquatic Setting,Estuarine System,Estuarine Coastal Subsystem,,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Subsystem,"The Estuarine Coastal Subsystem extends from the supratidal zone at the land margin up to the 4 meter depth contour in waters that have salinity greater than 0.5 (during the period of average annual low flow). The Estuarine Coastal Subsystem would be considered the shallow perimeter in a deeper estuary, although many estuaries may be entirely less than 4 meters deep and be classified as completely in the Coastal Subsystem. The 4 meter contour was selected as a cutoff between ""coastal"" and ""offshore"" estuarine waters because it identifies (somewhat arbitrarily) a region that is both shallow and generally in close proximity to the shore, making the substrate-to-water volume ratio here the highest in the entire estuary. A convening of experts delineated this 4 meter contour as described in Reilly, Spagnolo, and Ambrogio (1999) as important in both an ecological and a regulatory sense in estuarine systems and CMECS has adopted it to emphasize the significant human and natural processes that occur there. The high wetland-water ration and pelagic-benthic connectivity makes the Estuarine Coastal Subsystem an extremely dynamic and active area in terms of hydrodynamics, geology, and biology. It is this area in shallow coastal waters where maximum interaction between estuarine waters, and adjacent wetlands or developed shoreline occurs and often where intense juxtaposition of human activity and the natural system occurs. Watershed, point and non-point inputs to the estuary are often maximal in this shallow zone. Because the Coastal Subsystem tends to receive an abundance of light, these waters and bottom areas are usually sites of high primary production. In water columns, shallow waters typically support high phytoplankton productivity while shallow water bottoms are covered in highly productive microphytobenthos, macroalgae and/or rooted macrophytes and their attached epiphytic communities. As regions of high primary production, shallow waters attract an abundance of higher trophic level organisms that feed on plants and on their grazer communities. Strong physical subsidies from flowing waters and wind stresses create waves and currents that generally maintain the shallow waters in a well-oxidized state. Surface waters of the Coastal Subsystem tend to be well-mixed and are affected by strong physical processes that impact the bottom: resuspending sediments, reducing light and altering spectral characteristics of the light climate. The estuarine bottom in shallow waters is also subject to frequent wind-induced reworking and transport of sediments and dynamic bedforms.","Reilly, F., Jr., R. Spagnolo, and E. Ambrogio. 1999. �Marine and Estuarine Shallow Water Science and Management: The Interrelationship among Habitats and Their Management.� Estuaries 22 (3B): 731�734.",1.1.0,A,2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000300,CMECS_00000300,Original Unit,,, Aquatic Setting,Estuarine System,Estuarine Coastal Subsystem,Estuarine Coastal Subtidal Tidal Zone,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Tidal Zone,The substrate is generally continuously submerged in this zone and includes those areas below MLLW.,,1.1.0,A,2.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000301,CMECS_00000301,Original Unit,,, Aquatic Setting,Estuarine System,Estuarine Coastal Subsystem,Estuarine Coastal Intertidal Tidal Zone,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Tidal Zone,The substrate in this zone is regularly and periodically exposed and flooded by tides. This zone extends from MLLW to Mean Higher High Water (MHHW). The Coastal Intertidal is exposed regularly to the air by tidal action.,,1.1.0,A,2.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000297,CMECS_00000297,Original Unit,,, Aquatic Setting,Estuarine System,Estuarine Coastal Subsystem,Estuarine Coastal Supratidal Tidal Zone,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Tidal Zone,"This zone includes areas above MHHW; areas in this zone are affected by wave splash and overwash. It does not include areas affected only by wind-driven spray, which may extend further inland.",,1.1.0,A,2.1.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000302,CMECS_00000302,Original Unit,,, @@ -18,58 +18,58 @@ Aquatic Setting,Estuarine System,Estuarine Tidal Riverine Coastal Subsystem,Estu Aquatic Setting,Estuarine System,Estuarine Tidal Riverine Open Water Subsystem,,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Subsystem,"The Estuarine Tidal Riverine Open Water Subsystem includes tidal freshwater areas with a salinity of <0.5 and a depth of greater than 4 meters at MLLW. The Estuarine Tidal Riverine Open Water Subsystem is the most upstream portion of the estuary and subject to river and watershed influences, including high nutrient and sediment loads and low salinity. Similar to the Estuarine Open Water Subsystem, physical impact from waves and surface currents is reduced interaction at depth. This zone may be the site of the upper limit of the salt wedge and of a turbidity maximum zone, important as feeding and aggregation sites for plankton and benthic species. This zone is also potentially subject to high organic loading and formation of hypoxic waters. Primary production is often low, due to high turbidity and deep, dimly lighted water columns, especially in the river channel. For this reason, the Tidal Riverine Open Water Subsystem may be heterotrophic with net negative metabolic rates.",,1.1.0,A,2.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000321,CMECS_00000321,Original Unit,,, Aquatic Setting,Estuarine System,Estuarine Tidal Riverine Open Water Subsystem,Estuarine Tidal Riverine Open Water Subtidal Tidal Zone,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Tidal Zone,The substrate is generally continuously submerged in this zone and includes those areas below MLLW.,,1.1.0,A,2.4.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000322,CMECS_00000322,Original Unit,,, Aquatic Setting,Marine System,,,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting System,"The Marine System is defined by salinity, which is typically about 35, although salinity can measure as low as 0.5 during the period of average annual low flow near fresh outflows. This system has little or no significant dilution from fresh water except near the mouths of estuaries and rivers. The Marine System includes all non-estuarine waters from the coastline to the central oceans. The landward boundary of this system is either the linear boundary across the mouth of an estuary or the limit of the supratidal splash zone affected by breaking waves. Seaward, the Marine System includes all ocean waters. The Marine System is typified by waves, currents and coastal water regimes determined by oceanic tides. Coastal indentations and bays that do not receive appreciable and regular freshwater inflow are part of the Marine System. Areas where river plumes discharge directly into marine waters without geomorphological enclosure are also part of the Marine System. In such areas, (e.g., Mississippi River plume, Chesapeake Bay plume), low salinity water and fresh plumes may discharge from the seaward boundary of the estuary, extending far into the Marine System beyond the enclosed part of the estuary. These freshwater features are considered to be Hydroforms within the Marine System (see Section 5). The Marine System has three subsystems (which are defined by depth): Nearshore, Offshore, and Oceanic.",,1.1.0,A,3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000520,CMECS_00000520,Original Unit,,, -Aquatic Setting,Marine System,Marine Nearshore Subsystem,,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Subsystem,"The Marine Nearshore Subsystem extends from the landward limit of the Marine System to the 30 meter depth contour. The 30 meter depth contour was selected as a useful cutoff between shallower nearshore and deeper offshore waters. It is intended to represent an ecologically significant depth to which water column and benthic processes are strongly coupled in the Nearshore Subsystem. Surface currents and waves impinge the bottom at the storm wave base (Keen and Holland 2010) and vertical circulation generally distributes nutrients and sediments throughout the water column. The photic zone extends through the entire water column except in extreme cases (Kleypas, McManus and Menez 1999). The presence of nutrients and light support the growth of vegetation on the bottom including seagrass and macroalgal beds and 30 meters generally represents the depth to which most living coral is found.","Keen, T. R. and K. T. Holland. 2010. The Coastal Dynamics of Heterogeneous Sedimentary Environments: Numerical Modeling of Nearshore Hydrodynamics and Sediment Transport. Report. NRL/MR/7320--10-9242 Naval Research Laboratory. Ocean Dynamics and Prediction Branch. Oceanography Division. Stennis Space Center, MS 39529-5004. 140 pp.|Kleypas, J., J. W. McManus, and L. A. B. Menez. 1999. “Environmental Limits to Coral Reef Development: Where Do We Draw the Line?” American Zoologist, 39:146159.",1.1.0,A,3.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000498,CMECS_00000498,Original Unit,,, +Aquatic Setting,Marine System,Marine Nearshore Subsystem,,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Subsystem,"The Marine Nearshore Subsystem extends from the landward limit of the Marine System to the 30 meter depth contour. The 30 meter depth contour was selected as a useful cutoff between shallower nearshore and deeper offshore waters. It is intended to represent an ecologically significant depth to which water column and benthic processes are strongly coupled in the Nearshore Subsystem. Surface currents and waves impinge the bottom at the storm wave base (Keen and Holland 2010) and vertical circulation generally distributes nutrients and sediments throughout the water column. The photic zone extends through the entire water column except in extreme cases (Kleypas, McManus and Menez 1999). The presence of nutrients and light support the growth of vegetation on the bottom including seagrass and macroalgal beds and 30 meters generally represents the depth to which most living coral is found.","Keen, T. R. and K. T. Holland. 2010. The Coastal Dynamics of Heterogeneous Sedimentary Environments: Numerical Modeling of Nearshore Hydrodynamics and Sediment Transport. Report. NRL/MR/7320--10-9242 Naval Research Laboratory. Ocean Dynamics and Prediction Branch. Oceanography Division. Stennis Space Center, MS 39529-5004. 140 pp.|Kleypas, J., J. W. McManus, and L. A. B. Menez. 1999. �Environmental Limits to Coral Reef Development: Where Do We Draw the Line?� American Zoologist, 39:146159.",1.1.0,A,3.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000498,CMECS_00000498,Original Unit,,, Aquatic Setting,Marine System,Marine Nearshore Subsystem,Marine Nearshore Subtidal Tidal Zone,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Tidal Zone,The substrate is generally continuously submerged in this zone and includes those areas below MLLW.,,1.1.0,A,3.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000499,CMECS_00000499,Original Unit,,, Aquatic Setting,Marine System,Marine Nearshore Subsystem,Marine Nearshore Intertidal Tidal Zone,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Tidal Zone,The substrate is regularly and periodically exposed and flooded by tidal action. This zone extends from MLLW to MHHW.,,1.1.0,A,3.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000495,CMECS_00000495,Original Unit,,, Aquatic Setting,Marine System,Marine Nearshore Subsystem,Marine Nearshore Supratidal Tidal Zone,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Tidal Zone,"This zone includes areas above MHHW that are affected by wave splash and overwash but does not include areas affected only by wind-driven spray. This zone is subjected to periodic high wave energy, exposure to air, and often to variable salinity.",,1.1.0,A,3.1.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000500,CMECS_00000500,Original Unit,,, -Aquatic Setting,Marine System,Marine Offshore Subsystem,,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Subsystem,"The Marine Offshore Subsystem extends from the 30 meter depth contour to the continental shelf break, as defined by the maximum slope discontinuity with a rapid change in gradient of 3° or greater at the outer edge of the continental shelf. This shelf break boundary generally occurs between 100 - 200 meters depth. In the case of steep-sided, oceanic islands, where a continental shelf is not present, the offshore boundary of the Offshore Subsystem is defined at a bottom slope discontinuity occurring between 100 - 200 meters, or at 200 meters if no such discontinuity exists. The waters and benthos of the Offshore Subsystem are less coupled to each other and typically less influenced by terrigenous processes than in the Nearshore Subsystem. Distance from shore can vary greatly, depending on shelf morphology, and waters at the 30 meter isobath can be quite distant from the shore or may lie relatively close to land. The Offshore Subsystem may be strongly influenced by open-ocean biogeochemistry and physical processes. Often distinct water layers at the surface and bottom may be present. Because Offshore Subsystem waters are less influenced by coastal inputs, they generally are less turbid than those of the Nearshore Subsystem. Light penetration in the Offshore Subsystem can extend to significant depths and often reach the ocean bottom.",,1.1.0,A,3.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000514,CMECS_00000514,Original Unit,,, +Aquatic Setting,Marine System,Marine Offshore Subsystem,,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Subsystem,"The Marine Offshore Subsystem extends from the 30 meter depth contour to the continental shelf break, as defined by the maximum slope discontinuity with a rapid change in gradient of 3� or greater at the outer edge of the continental shelf. This shelf break boundary generally occurs between 100 - 200 meters depth. In the case of steep-sided, oceanic islands, where a continental shelf is not present, the offshore boundary of the Offshore Subsystem is defined at a bottom slope discontinuity occurring between 100 - 200 meters, or at 200 meters if no such discontinuity exists. The waters and benthos of the Offshore Subsystem are less coupled to each other and typically less influenced by terrigenous processes than in the Nearshore Subsystem. Distance from shore can vary greatly, depending on shelf morphology, and waters at the 30 meter isobath can be quite distant from the shore or may lie relatively close to land. The Offshore Subsystem may be strongly influenced by open-ocean biogeochemistry and physical processes. Often distinct water layers at the surface and bottom may be present. Because Offshore Subsystem waters are less influenced by coastal inputs, they generally are less turbid than those of the Nearshore Subsystem. Light penetration in the Offshore Subsystem can extend to significant depths and often reach the ocean bottom.",,1.1.0,A,3.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000514,CMECS_00000514,Original Unit,,, Aquatic Setting,Marine System,Marine Offshore Subsystem,Marine Offshore Subtidal Tidal Zone,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Tidal Zone,The substrate is subtidal and continuously submerged in this zone and includes those areas below MLLW.,,1.1.0,A,3.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000515,CMECS_00000515,Original Unit,,, Aquatic Setting,Marine System,Marine Oceanic Subsystem,,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Subsystem,"The Marine Oceanic Subsystem represents the open ocean, extending from the continental shelf break to the deep ocean. Oceanic waters typically have salinity levels of greater than or equal to 36. Water depths typically range from 100 -200 meters at their shallowest at the shelf break to over 11,000 meters at the deepest point in the ocean. The great depth of the Oceanic Subsystem is responsible for many of its characteristics. The oceanic water column tends to be more stable physicochemically; undergoing changes in temperature and salinity relatively slowly. Greater depth also diminishes the influence of the sea bottom on the overlying water column. Surface and bottom processes generally are poorly coupled and separated by great distances and thermocline layers. The waters of the Oceanic Subsystem receive little direct terrigenous input; the inputs from land typically occur indirectly, after passage through the substantial coastal water masses or atmospheric deposition. Conditions in the Oceanic Subsystem are a function of the properties of the water column. For example, light penetration diminishes with depth (as sea water absorbs component wavelengths); thus, the quality and intensity of ambient light changes with depth. Little surface light penetrates below the photic zone (~200 meters). At greater depths, light is limited to that produced locally by bioluminescence. Water pressure also increases directly with depth because of the weight of the overlying water column, and water temperatures diminish with depth.",,1.1.0,A,3.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000603,CMECS_00000603,Original Unit,,, Aquatic Setting,Marine System,Marine Oceanic Subsystem,Marine Oceanic Subtidal Tidal Zone,,,CMECS Setting: Aquatic Setting Tidal Zone,The substrate is subtidal and continuously submerged in this zone.,,1.1.0,A,3.3.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000510,CMECS_00000510,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,,,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting,"The CMECS Biogeographic Setting is adopted from the Marine Ecoregions of the World (MEOW) technique (Spalding et al, 2007) for characterizing bioregions of marine coastal and shelf environments. MEOW provides global coverage with a nested, three-tiered system of realms, provinces, and ecoregions (moving from larger-scale to smaller-scale units). CMECS proposes to use the MEOW realms, provinces, and ecoregions for describing biogeographic elements of the Estuarine System and the Marine Nearshore and Offshore Subsystems.","Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,None,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000104,CMECS_00000104,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Arctic Realm,,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Realm,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000038,CMECS_00000038,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Arctic Realm,Arctic Province,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Province,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000037,CMECS_00000037,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Arctic Realm,Arctic Province,Beaufort Sea Continental Coast and Shelf Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,1.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000093,CMECS_00000093,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Arctic Realm,Arctic Province,Chukchi Sea Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,1.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000154,CMECS_00000154,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Arctic Realm,Arctic Province,Eastern Bering Sea Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,1.1.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000269,CMECS_00000269,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Atlantic Realm,,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Realm,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000819,CMECS_00000819,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Atlantic Realm,Cold Temperate Northern Atlantic Province,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Province,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000179,CMECS_00000179,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Atlantic Realm,Cold Temperate Northern Atlantic Province,Scotian Shelf Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,2.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000714,CMECS_00000714,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Atlantic Realm,Cold Temperate Northern Atlantic Province,Gulf of Maine/Bay of Fundy Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,2.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001470,CMECS_00001470,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Atlantic Realm,Cold Temperate Northern Atlantic Province,Virginian Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,2.1.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000886,CMECS_00000886,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Atlantic Realm,Warm Temperate Northern Atlantic Province,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Province,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,2.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000888,CMECS_00000888,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Atlantic Realm,Warm Temperate Northern Atlantic Province,Carolinian Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,2.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000135,CMECS_00000135,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Atlantic Realm,Warm Temperate Northern Atlantic Province,Northern Gulf of Mexico Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,2.2.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000599,CMECS_00000599,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Pacific Realm,,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Realm,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000820,CMECS_00000820,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Pacific Realm,Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific Province,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Province,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,3.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000178,CMECS_00000178,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Pacific Realm,Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific Province,Aleutian Islands Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,3.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000006,CMECS_00000006,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Pacific Realm,Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific Province,Gulf of Alaska Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,3.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000403,CMECS_00000403,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Pacific Realm,Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific Province,North American Pacific Fjordland Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,3.1.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000596,CMECS_00000596,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Pacific Realm,Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific Province,Puget Trough/Georgia Basin Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,3.1.5,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001553,CMECS_00001553,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Pacific Realm,Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific Province,"Oregon, Washington, Vancouver Coast and Shelf Ecoregion",,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,3.1.6,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001536,CMECS_00001536,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Pacific Realm,Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific Province,Northern California Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,3.1.7,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000598,CMECS_00000598,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Pacific Realm,Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific Province,Southern California Bight Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,3.1.8,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000780,CMECS_00000780,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Tropical Atlantic Realm,,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Realm,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000853,CMECS_00000853,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Tropical Atlantic Realm,Tropical Northwestern Atlantic Province,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Province,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,4.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000854,CMECS_00000854,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Tropical Atlantic Realm,Tropical Northwestern Atlantic Province,Eastern Caribbean Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,4.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000271,CMECS_00000271,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Tropical Atlantic Realm,Tropical Northwestern Atlantic Province,Greater Antilles Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,4.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000399,CMECS_00000399,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Tropical Atlantic Realm,Tropical Northwestern Atlantic Province,Southwestern Caribbean Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,4.1.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000781,CMECS_00000781,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Tropical Atlantic Realm,Tropical Northwestern Atlantic Province,Floridian Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,4.1.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000356,CMECS_00000356,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Central Indo-Pacific Realm,,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Realm,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,5,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000137,CMECS_00000137,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Central Indo-Pacific Realm,Tropical Northwestern Pacific Province,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Province,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,5.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000855,CMECS_00000855,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Central Indo-Pacific Realm,Tropical Northwestern Pacific Province,Mariana Islands Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,5.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000489,CMECS_00000489,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Eastern Indo-Pacific Realm,,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Realm,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,6,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000272,CMECS_00000272,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Eastern Indo-Pacific Realm,Hawaii Province,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Province,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,6.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000412,CMECS_00000412,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Eastern Indo-Pacific Realm,"Marshall, Gilbert, and Ellis Islands Province",,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Province,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,6.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001500,CMECS_00001500,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Eastern Indo-Pacific Realm,"Marshall, Gilbert, and Ellis Islands Province",Marshall Islands Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,6.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000523,CMECS_00000523,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Eastern Indo-Pacific Realm,Central Polynesia Province,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Province,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,6.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000138,CMECS_00000138,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Eastern Indo-Pacific Realm,Central Polynesia Province,Line Islands Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,6.3.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000470,CMECS_00000470,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Eastern Indo-Pacific Realm,Central Polynesia Province,Phoenix/Tokelau/Northern Cook Islands Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,6.3.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001547,CMECS_00001547,Original Unit,,, -Biogeographic Setting,Eastern Indo-Pacific Realm,Central Polynesia Province,Samoa Islands Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. “Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.” BioScience 57 (7): 573–583.",1.1.0,E,6.3.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000700,CMECS_00000700,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,,,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting,"The CMECS Biogeographic Setting is adopted from the Marine Ecoregions of the World (MEOW) technique (Spalding et al, 2007) for characterizing bioregions of marine coastal and shelf environments. MEOW provides global coverage with a nested, three-tiered system of realms, provinces, and ecoregions (moving from larger-scale to smaller-scale units). CMECS proposes to use the MEOW realms, provinces, and ecoregions for describing biogeographic elements of the Estuarine System and the Marine Nearshore and Offshore Subsystems.","Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,None,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000104,CMECS_00000104,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Arctic Realm,,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Realm,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000038,CMECS_00000038,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Arctic Realm,Arctic Province,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Province,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000037,CMECS_00000037,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Arctic Realm,Arctic Province,Beaufort Sea Continental Coast and Shelf Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,1.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000093,CMECS_00000093,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Arctic Realm,Arctic Province,Chukchi Sea Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,1.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000154,CMECS_00000154,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Arctic Realm,Arctic Province,Eastern Bering Sea Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,1.1.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000269,CMECS_00000269,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Atlantic Realm,,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Realm,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000819,CMECS_00000819,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Atlantic Realm,Cold Temperate Northern Atlantic Province,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Province,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000179,CMECS_00000179,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Atlantic Realm,Cold Temperate Northern Atlantic Province,Scotian Shelf Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,2.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000714,CMECS_00000714,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Atlantic Realm,Cold Temperate Northern Atlantic Province,Gulf of Maine/Bay of Fundy Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,2.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001470,CMECS_00001470,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Atlantic Realm,Cold Temperate Northern Atlantic Province,Virginian Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,2.1.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000886,CMECS_00000886,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Atlantic Realm,Warm Temperate Northern Atlantic Province,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Province,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,2.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000888,CMECS_00000888,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Atlantic Realm,Warm Temperate Northern Atlantic Province,Carolinian Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,2.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000135,CMECS_00000135,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Atlantic Realm,Warm Temperate Northern Atlantic Province,Northern Gulf of Mexico Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,2.2.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000599,CMECS_00000599,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Pacific Realm,,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Realm,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000820,CMECS_00000820,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Pacific Realm,Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific Province,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Province,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,3.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000178,CMECS_00000178,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Pacific Realm,Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific Province,Aleutian Islands Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,3.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000006,CMECS_00000006,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Pacific Realm,Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific Province,Gulf of Alaska Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,3.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000403,CMECS_00000403,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Pacific Realm,Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific Province,North American Pacific Fjordland Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,3.1.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000596,CMECS_00000596,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Pacific Realm,Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific Province,Puget Trough/Georgia Basin Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,3.1.5,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001553,CMECS_00001553,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Pacific Realm,Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific Province,"Oregon, Washington, Vancouver Coast and Shelf Ecoregion",,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,3.1.6,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001536,CMECS_00001536,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Pacific Realm,Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific Province,Northern California Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,3.1.7,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000598,CMECS_00000598,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Temperate Northern Pacific Realm,Cold Temperate Northeast Pacific Province,Southern California Bight Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,3.1.8,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000780,CMECS_00000780,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Tropical Atlantic Realm,,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Realm,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000853,CMECS_00000853,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Tropical Atlantic Realm,Tropical Northwestern Atlantic Province,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Province,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,4.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000854,CMECS_00000854,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Tropical Atlantic Realm,Tropical Northwestern Atlantic Province,Eastern Caribbean Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,4.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000271,CMECS_00000271,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Tropical Atlantic Realm,Tropical Northwestern Atlantic Province,Greater Antilles Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,4.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000399,CMECS_00000399,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Tropical Atlantic Realm,Tropical Northwestern Atlantic Province,Southwestern Caribbean Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,4.1.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000781,CMECS_00000781,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Tropical Atlantic Realm,Tropical Northwestern Atlantic Province,Floridian Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,4.1.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000356,CMECS_00000356,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Central Indo-Pacific Realm,,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Realm,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,5,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000137,CMECS_00000137,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Central Indo-Pacific Realm,Tropical Northwestern Pacific Province,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Province,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,5.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000855,CMECS_00000855,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Central Indo-Pacific Realm,Tropical Northwestern Pacific Province,Mariana Islands Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,5.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000489,CMECS_00000489,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Eastern Indo-Pacific Realm,,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Realm,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,6,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000272,CMECS_00000272,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Eastern Indo-Pacific Realm,Hawaii Province,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Province,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,6.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000412,CMECS_00000412,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Eastern Indo-Pacific Realm,"Marshall, Gilbert, and Ellis Islands Province",,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Province,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,6.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001500,CMECS_00001500,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Eastern Indo-Pacific Realm,"Marshall, Gilbert, and Ellis Islands Province",Marshall Islands Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,6.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000523,CMECS_00000523,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Eastern Indo-Pacific Realm,Central Polynesia Province,,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Province,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,6.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000138,CMECS_00000138,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Eastern Indo-Pacific Realm,Central Polynesia Province,Line Islands Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,6.3.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000470,CMECS_00000470,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Eastern Indo-Pacific Realm,Central Polynesia Province,Phoenix/Tokelau/Northern Cook Islands Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,6.3.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001547,CMECS_00001547,Original Unit,,, +Biogeographic Setting,Eastern Indo-Pacific Realm,Central Polynesia Province,Samoa Islands Ecoregion,,,CMECS Setting: Biogeographic Setting Ecoregion,,"Spalding. M. D., H. E. Fox, G. R. Allen, N. Davidson, Z. A. Ferdana, M. Finlayson, B. S. Halpern, et al. 2007. �Marine Ecoregions of the World: A Bioregionalization of Coastal and Shelf Areas.� BioScience 57 (7): 573�583.",1.1.0,E,6.3.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000700,CMECS_00000700,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,,,,,,CMECS Component: Biotic ,"The Biotic Component (BC) of CMECS is a classification of the living organisms of the seabed and water column together with their physical associations at a variety of spatial scales. The BC is organized into a branched hierarchy of five nested levels: biotic setting, biotic class, biotic subclass, biotic group, and biotic community (Table 8.1). The biotic setting indicates whether the biota are attached or closely associated with the benthos or are suspended or floating in the water column. Biotic classes and biotic subclasses describe major biological characteristics at a fairly coarse level. Biotic groups are descriptive terms based on finer distinctions of taxonomy, structure, position, environment, and salinity levels. Biotic communities are descriptions of repeatable, characteristic assemblages of organisms. In the absence of complete species association data, biotic communities can be approximated using dominant or diagnostic species and then refined once more information is available. When identified in the context of repeating environmental circumstances, biotic communities can be used as the basis for defining and fully describing biotopes. A biotope assigns a more complete description of the feature; involving all other applicable components of CMECS, listing the defining species and explaining the ecological and societal values of the biotope (see Section 9). -Unless otherwise noted, biotic classification units in the BC are defined by the dominance of life forms, taxa, or other classifiers in an observation. For collected observations (such as grab samples or cores), dominance is measured in terms of biomass or numbers of individuals, as specified by the user. In the case of images and visual estimates, dominance is assigned to the taxa with the greatest percent cover in the observational footprint. For example, an observation with 60% seagrass, 20% soft corals, and 20% sponges is classified as an Aquatic Vegetation Bed—whereas an observation with 60% soft corals, 20% seagrass, and 20% sponges is classified as a Faunal Bed. It may be important for some users to note the presence of the non-dominant biota, which can be achieved by using a Co-occurring Element in an observation. See Section 10 for information about how to note Co-occurring Elements and Associated Taxa.",,1.1.0,B,None,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000106,CMECS_00000106,Original Unit,,, +Unless otherwise noted, biotic classification units in the BC are defined by the dominance of life forms, taxa, or other classifiers in an observation. For collected observations (such as grab samples or cores), dominance is measured in terms of biomass or numbers of individuals, as specified by the user. In the case of images and visual estimates, dominance is assigned to the taxa with the greatest percent cover in the observational footprint. For example, an observation with 60% seagrass, 20% soft corals, and 20% sponges is classified as an Aquatic Vegetation Bed�whereas an observation with 60% soft corals, 20% seagrass, and 20% sponges is classified as a Faunal Bed. It may be important for some users to note the presence of the non-dominant biota, which can be achieved by using a Co-occurring Element in an observation. See Section 10 for information about how to note Co-occurring Elements and Associated Taxa.",,1.1.0,B,None,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000106,CMECS_00000106,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,,,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Setting,"Planktonic Biota includes biota that drift, float, or remain suspended in the water column in aggregations that are big enough to be (a) detected by the human eye (or with mild magnification) or (b) sampled with a fine-plankton net. Planktonic biota are not regularly associated with the seafloor. Water parcels may be examined for plankton using a dipnet, a water sampler, a towed plankton net, imagery (including ""Plankton Cameras"" that are moved through the water), or other means. In all cases, plankton are assigned classifications based on perceived dominance by the observer (either based on mass or numbers, as specified by the user/observer). Because most plankton communities are mixes of many types of zooplankton and phytoplankton, practitioners should consider the widespread use of the Co-occurring Elements modifier (when non-dominant taxa are covered in other parts of the CMECS classification) or the Associated Taxa modifier (when non-dominant taxa do not constitute a CMECS classification unit).",,1.1.0,B,1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000648,CMECS_00000648,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Zooplankton,,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Class,"Water parcels or layers in which zooplankton are perceived to be the dominant feature. Zooplankton are heterotrophic biota of the water column; zooplankton drift with the currents, but may (or may not) be able to move through the water under their own power. Zooplankton may feed on phytoplankton, other zooplankton, or on detritus. CMECS classifies zooplankton that may range in size from gigantic salp chains (strings of gelatinous filter feeding tunicates that attain a length of 30 meters or more), to radiolarians (minute, shelled amoebas). CMECS was not designed to be used for the smallest planktonic forms (nanoplankton or picoplankton). CMECS Class Zooplankton includes both Holoplankton (that live out their entire life histories in the plankton) and Meroplankton (that are transient in the plankton). Meroplankton are typically larval stages that develop into nekton or benthos as they mature. Meroplankton in general are difficult to identify; specialized taxonomic knowledge and sets of regional keys are generally required. Both Holoplankton and Meroplankton are quite diverse and include members of most marine phyla. @@ -228,16 +228,16 @@ Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Diatom Phytoplankton,Diatom Bloo Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Diatom Phytoplankton,Diatom Maximum Layer,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,Relatively thin layer dominated by diatoms at depth in the water column. Layers of high diatom density generally form in the surface mixed layer and have also been found at deep subsurface maxima. These are associated with nutrient or temperature maxima.,,1.1.0,B,1.3.6.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000240,CMECS_00000240,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Diatom Phytoplankton,Diatom Maximum Layer, Maximum Layer,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,1.3.6.3.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000954,CMECS_00000954,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Phytoplankton,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Areas dominated by flagellated phytoplankton that have some motility and can control their position in the water column to a degree, diurnally migrating from surface to bottom to maximize conditions for growth. This group has both photosynthetic and heterotrophic species, which play a large role in coastal and estuarine trophic dynamics. These phytoplankton also can form noxious and harmful blooms, including red tides that may be toxic to higher consumers and to humans. Their complex life cycle goes through many stages, which can include resting cysts that spend prolonged periods in the benthic sediments.",,1.1.0,B,1.3.7,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000247,CMECS_00000247,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Aggregation,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Waters dominated by dinoflagellates that aggregate in coastal and marine waters throughout the world. Some evidence suggests that both heterotrophic and mixotrophic feeding adaptations supplement autotrophy, giving dinoflagellates a competitive advantage over other groups- especially during periods of low nutrient availability. Aggregations are responsible for bioluminescence, which may reduce predation by disrupting grazers and by triggering secondary predators that consume dinoflagellate predators (Latz et al. 2004)","Latz, M. I., M. Bovard, V. VanDelinder, E. Segre, J. Rohr, and A. Groisman. 2008. “Bioluminescent Response of Individual Dinoflagellate Cells to Hydrodynamic Stress Measured with Millisecond Resolution in a Microfluidic Device.” Journal of Experimental Biology 211: 2865-2875.",1.1.0,B,1.3.7.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000244,CMECS_00000244,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Aggregation,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Waters dominated by dinoflagellates that aggregate in coastal and marine waters throughout the world. Some evidence suggests that both heterotrophic and mixotrophic feeding adaptations supplement autotrophy, giving dinoflagellates a competitive advantage over other groups- especially during periods of low nutrient availability. Aggregations are responsible for bioluminescence, which may reduce predation by disrupting grazers and by triggering secondary predators that consume dinoflagellate predators (Latz et al. 2004)","Latz, M. I., M. Bovard, V. VanDelinder, E. Segre, J. Rohr, and A. Groisman. 2008. �Bioluminescent Response of Individual Dinoflagellate Cells to Hydrodynamic Stress Measured with Millisecond Resolution in a Microfluidic Device.� Journal of Experimental Biology 211: 2865-2875.",1.1.0,B,1.3.7.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000244,CMECS_00000244,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Aggregation, Aggregation,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,1.3.7.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001148,CMECS_00001148,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Bloom,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Surface waters where rapid growth and very high densities of dinoflagellates occur. These blooms have caused a number of problems in coastal waters because many species are toxic to consumers. Shellfish and fish can accumulate toxins and pass them on to higher trophic levels, including humans.",,1.1.0,B,1.3.7.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000245,CMECS_00000245,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Bloom, Bloom,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,1.3.7.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001100,CMECS_00001100,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Maximum Layer,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,Relatively thin layer dominated by dinoflagellates at depth in the water column. Dinoflagellates migrate vertically through the water column to layers where nutrients and light are optimal for growth. Often the maxima can occur at the surface when nutrients are saturating throughout the water column. There is also evidence that migration is an adaptive strategy to avoid predation (Baek et al. 2011).,"Baek, S. H., H. H. Shin, H-W Choi, S. Shimode, O. M. Hwang, K. Shin, and Y-O. Kim. 2011. “Ecological Behavior of the Dinoflagellate Ceratium furca in Jangmok Harbor of Jinhae Bay, Korea.” Journal of Plankton Research 33 (12): 1842-1846.",1.1.0,B,1.3.7.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000246,CMECS_00000246,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Maximum Layer,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,Relatively thin layer dominated by dinoflagellates at depth in the water column. Dinoflagellates migrate vertically through the water column to layers where nutrients and light are optimal for growth. Often the maxima can occur at the surface when nutrients are saturating throughout the water column. There is also evidence that migration is an adaptive strategy to avoid predation (Baek et al. 2011).,"Baek, S. H., H. H. Shin, H-W Choi, S. Shimode, O. M. Hwang, K. Shin, and Y-O. Kim. 2011. �Ecological Behavior of the Dinoflagellate Ceratium furca in Jangmok Harbor of Jinhae Bay, Korea.� Journal of Plankton Research 33 (12): 1842-1846.",1.1.0,B,1.3.7.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000246,CMECS_00000246,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Maximum Layer, Maximum Layer,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,1.3.7.3.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001074,CMECS_00001074,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Floating/Suspended Microbes,,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Class,Aggregations of microbes that are floating or suspended in the water column and not attached to the bottom or to any benthic substrate.,,1.1.0,B,1.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001452,CMECS_00001452,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Floating/Suspended Microbes,Films and Strands,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Aggregations of microbes in a very thin layer (millimeters or less) on the water's surface or at a discontinuity layer within the water column. The air-water interface is a site of intense biological activity due to the abundance of light, oxygen and energy. The density gradients and discontinuity at the surface of the water column or at fronts and discontinuities within the water column are ideal for the aggregation of microbes in films covering large areas and strands that follow the movements of water currents (Cunliffe and Murrell 2009). The concentration of microbes creates numerous niches for feeding by higher trophic levels and for the processing of biogenic and inorganic compounds that are important to marine chemistry, including controlling carbon, nitrogen and sulfur redox processes (Hansel and Francis 2006). The film created by microbial concentration also creates a biological barrier that can either facilitate or impede transgression of materials across the air-water interface or other layer.","Cunliffe, M., and J. C. Murrell. 2009. “The Sea-Surface Microlayer Is a Gelatinous Biofilm.” The ISME Journal 3:1001–1003.|Hansel, C. M., and C. A. Francis. 2006. “Coupled Photochemical and Enzymatic Mn(II) Oxidation Pathways of a Planktonic Roseobacter-like Bacterium.” Applied Environmental Microbiology 72(5): 3543–3549.",1.1.0,B,1.4.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000341,CMECS_00000341,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Floating/Suspended Microbes,Microbial Foam,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Aggregations of microbes within the foam matrix that forms on the water's surface. Sea foam is the foam the lies on the sea surface, in the surf zone and at times on intertidal areas, created from dissolved organic compounds when air is forcefully injected into the water column (Harden and Williams 1989). Foam formation is aided by properties of lignans, proteins and carbohydrates that act as surfactants or foaming agents. The large area presented by the micro-bubbles composing seafoam is an ideal surface for concentration and adherence of microbial communities including bacteria, viruses and microscopic plankton. The characteristics of the air-water interface, and particularly of sea foam are unique compared to the bulk water column (Lion and Leckie 1981) and possess unique physical and chemical properties. The foams are well-oxygenated, sites of photolytic processes and tend to support high levels of aerobic metabolism with high organic processing rates. Surface foam is the site of intense trophic activity at the microbial level because of the concentration of microbial biomass, sugars, lipids and other growth compounds and thus represents an important part of the marine microbial food web. Concentration and transformation of trace metals, nutrient compounds, contaminants and pollutants also occurs in sea foam and can enter the food web via microbial pathways. The properties of the foam have also been identified as delivering growth-promoting nutrients and organic material to seagrass and kelp communities.","Harden, S. L., and D. F. Williams. 1989. “Stable Carbon Isotopic Evidence for Sources of Particulate Organic Carbon Found in Sea Foam.” Estuaries and Coasts 12(1):4956.|Lion, L. W., and J. O. Leckie. 1981. “The Biogeochemistry of the Air-Sea Interface.” Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences 9: 449-484.",1.1.0,B,1.4.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000543,CMECS_00000543,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Floating/Suspended Microbes,Microbial Aggregation,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Aggregations of microbes within the water column that have detectable, visible color. Microbial communities suspended in the water column can reach high concentrations and even be the dominant biota in an area, both numerically and in terms of biomass. Suspended free-floating microbes, as well as those adsorbed to suspended particulates are important in the marine food web. The concentration of bacterial communities has been linked to discoloration of the water column (Hansel and Francis 2006) via oxidation of molecular compounds in the water, such as manganese and iron.","Hansel, C. M., and C. A. Francis. 2006. “Coupled Photochemical and Enzymatic Mn(II) Oxidation Pathways of a Planktonic Roseobacter-like Bacterium.” Applied Environmental Microbiology 72(5): 3543–3549.",1.1.0,B,1.4.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000541,CMECS_00000541,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Floating/Suspended Microbes,Films and Strands,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Aggregations of microbes in a very thin layer (millimeters or less) on the water's surface or at a discontinuity layer within the water column. The air-water interface is a site of intense biological activity due to the abundance of light, oxygen and energy. The density gradients and discontinuity at the surface of the water column or at fronts and discontinuities within the water column are ideal for the aggregation of microbes in films covering large areas and strands that follow the movements of water currents (Cunliffe and Murrell 2009). The concentration of microbes creates numerous niches for feeding by higher trophic levels and for the processing of biogenic and inorganic compounds that are important to marine chemistry, including controlling carbon, nitrogen and sulfur redox processes (Hansel and Francis 2006). The film created by microbial concentration also creates a biological barrier that can either facilitate or impede transgression of materials across the air-water interface or other layer.","Cunliffe, M., and J. C. Murrell. 2009. �The Sea-Surface Microlayer Is a Gelatinous Biofilm.� The ISME Journal 3:1001�1003.|Hansel, C. M., and C. A. Francis. 2006. �Coupled Photochemical and Enzymatic Mn(II) Oxidation Pathways of a Planktonic Roseobacter-like Bacterium.� Applied Environmental Microbiology 72(5): 3543�3549.",1.1.0,B,1.4.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000341,CMECS_00000341,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Floating/Suspended Microbes,Microbial Foam,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Aggregations of microbes within the foam matrix that forms on the water's surface. Sea foam is the foam the lies on the sea surface, in the surf zone and at times on intertidal areas, created from dissolved organic compounds when air is forcefully injected into the water column (Harden and Williams 1989). Foam formation is aided by properties of lignans, proteins and carbohydrates that act as surfactants or foaming agents. The large area presented by the micro-bubbles composing seafoam is an ideal surface for concentration and adherence of microbial communities including bacteria, viruses and microscopic plankton. The characteristics of the air-water interface, and particularly of sea foam are unique compared to the bulk water column (Lion and Leckie 1981) and possess unique physical and chemical properties. The foams are well-oxygenated, sites of photolytic processes and tend to support high levels of aerobic metabolism with high organic processing rates. Surface foam is the site of intense trophic activity at the microbial level because of the concentration of microbial biomass, sugars, lipids and other growth compounds and thus represents an important part of the marine microbial food web. Concentration and transformation of trace metals, nutrient compounds, contaminants and pollutants also occurs in sea foam and can enter the food web via microbial pathways. The properties of the foam have also been identified as delivering growth-promoting nutrients and organic material to seagrass and kelp communities.","Harden, S. L., and D. F. Williams. 1989. �Stable Carbon Isotopic Evidence for Sources of Particulate Organic Carbon Found in Sea Foam.� Estuaries and Coasts 12(1):4956.|Lion, L. W., and J. O. Leckie. 1981. �The Biogeochemistry of the Air-Sea Interface.� Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences 9: 449-484.",1.1.0,B,1.4.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000543,CMECS_00000543,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Floating/Suspended Microbes,Microbial Aggregation,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Aggregations of microbes within the water column that have detectable, visible color. Microbial communities suspended in the water column can reach high concentrations and even be the dominant biota in an area, both numerically and in terms of biomass. Suspended free-floating microbes, as well as those adsorbed to suspended particulates are important in the marine food web. The concentration of bacterial communities has been linked to discoloration of the water column (Hansel and Francis 2006) via oxidation of molecular compounds in the water, such as manganese and iron.","Hansel, C. M., and C. A. Francis. 2006. �Coupled Photochemical and Enzymatic Mn(II) Oxidation Pathways of a Planktonic Roseobacter-like Bacterium.� Applied Environmental Microbiology 72(5): 3543�3549.",1.1.0,B,1.4.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000541,CMECS_00000541,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,,,,,CMECS Biotic Component Setting,"This biotic setting describes areas where biota lives on, in, or in close association with the seafloor or other substrates (e.g., pilings, buoys), extending down into the sediment to include the sub-surface layers of substrate that contain multi-cellular life. As a rule, Benthic/Attached Biota units are characterized by the various life histories and taxonomic characteristics of the dominant life forms.",,1.1.0,B,2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001385,CMECS_00001385,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Setting,"Areas dominated by reef-building fauna, including living corals, mollusks, polychaetes or glass sponges. In order to be classified as Reef Biota, colonizing organisms must be judged to be sufficiently abundant to construct identifiable biogenic substrates. When not present in densities sufficient to construct reef substrate, the biota is classified in the Aquatic Vegetation Bed or Faunal Bed classes. @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Coral R Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Coral Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Stony Coral Reef, Reef,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.1.1.1.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001122,CMECS_00001122,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Coral Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Stony Coral Reef, Reef,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.1.1.1.5,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001159,CMECS_00001159,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Coral Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Stony Coral Reef, Reef,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.1.1.1.6,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001251,CMECS_00001251,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Coral Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Stylasterid Coral Reef,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by stylasterid corals. A number of stylasterid coral species (Class: Hydrozoa; Order: Anthoathecatae; Family: Stylasteridae) form smaller branching colonies that can dominate certain habitats, primarily in deeper, colder waters. Stylasterid coral reefs often predominate on oceanic islands, seamounts, and archipelagos (Cairns 1992).","Cairns, S. D. 1992. “Worldwide Distribution of the Stylasteridae (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa).” Scientia Marina 56: 125–130.",1.1.0,B,2.1.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001430,CMECS_00001430,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Coral Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Stylasterid Coral Reef,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by stylasterid corals. A number of stylasterid coral species (Class: Hydrozoa; Order: Anthoathecatae; Family: Stylasteridae) form smaller branching colonies that can dominate certain habitats, primarily in deeper, colder waters. Stylasterid coral reefs often predominate on oceanic islands, seamounts, and archipelagos (Cairns 1992).","Cairns, S. D. 1992. �Worldwide Distribution of the Stylasteridae (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa).� Scientia Marina 56: 125�130.",1.1.0,B,2.1.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001430,CMECS_00001430,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Coral Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Stylasterid Coral Reef,Mixed Stylasterid Reef,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.1.1.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000555,CMECS_00000555,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Coral Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Stylasterid Coral Reef, Reef,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.1.1.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001279,CMECS_00001279,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Coral Reef Biota,Colonized Deep-Water/Cold-Water Reef,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by deep-water reefs where live reef building hard corals are present, but not clearly dominant. Cover is dominated by non-reef-forming biota, including black corals, gold corals, gorgonians, sponges, and other sedentary or attached macro-invertebrates. If no living reef-forming corals are present, then the biotic class is Faunal Bed.",,1.1.0,B,2.1.1.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001411,CMECS_00001411,Original Unit,,, @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Glass Sponge Reef Biota,,,CME Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Glass Sponge Reef Biota,Glass Sponge Reef,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by one or more of the three species of glass sponges that appear to be the primary contributors to the framework of extant glass sponge reefs: , , and . See Figure 8.8 for an example of a Glass Sponge Reef.",,1.1.0,B,2.1.3.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000390,CMECS_00000390,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Glass Sponge Reef Biota,Glass Sponge Reef,Hexactinosida Reef,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.1.3.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000413,CMECS_00000413,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Mollusk Reef Biota,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Areas dominated by consolidated aggregations of living and dead mollusks, usually bivalves (e.g., oysters or mussels or giant clams) or gastropods (e.g., vermetids) attached to their conspecifics and sufficiently abundant to create substrate.",,1.1.0,B,2.1.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000569,CMECS_00000569,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Mollusk Reef Biota,Gastropod Reef,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by consolidated aggregations of living and dead gastropod mollusks, typically those of the Family Vermetidae or the Genus . Shells in a ""reef"" must have consolidated or conglomerated into a reef structure with some relief and permanence; a reef is more that an accumulation of loose shells. Vermetids construct tubes that are cemented to hard substrates and to conspecifics, generally in intertidal habitats, e.g., . forms reefs through preferential settling of larvae on conspecifics (Zhao and Qian 2002) combined with very limited mobility, and sediment infilling. Crepidula reefs are generally flat features with little vertical relief.","Zhao, B. and P-Y. Qian. 2002. “Larval Settlement and Metamorphosis in the Slipper Limpet Crepidula onyx (Sowerby) in Response to Conspecific Cues and the Cues from Biofilm.” Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 269: 39–5.",1.1.0,B,2.1.4.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000382,CMECS_00000382,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Mollusk Reef Biota,Gastropod Reef,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by consolidated aggregations of living and dead gastropod mollusks, typically those of the Family Vermetidae or the Genus . Shells in a ""reef"" must have consolidated or conglomerated into a reef structure with some relief and permanence; a reef is more that an accumulation of loose shells. Vermetids construct tubes that are cemented to hard substrates and to conspecifics, generally in intertidal habitats, e.g., . forms reefs through preferential settling of larvae on conspecifics (Zhao and Qian 2002) combined with very limited mobility, and sediment infilling. Crepidula reefs are generally flat features with little vertical relief.","Zhao, B. and P-Y. Qian. 2002. �Larval Settlement and Metamorphosis in the Slipper Limpet Crepidula onyx (Sowerby) in Response to Conspecific Cues and the Cues from Biofilm.� Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 269: 39�5.",1.1.0,B,2.1.4.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000382,CMECS_00000382,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Mollusk Reef Biota,Gastropod Reef, Reef,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.1.4.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001031,CMECS_00001031,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Mollusk Reef Biota,Gastropod Reef,Vermetid Reef,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.1.4.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000877,CMECS_00000877,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Mollusk Reef Biota,Gastropod Reef,Serpulorbis Reef,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.1.4.1.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000735,CMECS_00000735,Original Unit,,, @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Diverse Coloni Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Diverse Colonizers,Anemone/Mussel/Bryozoan Colonizers (Large Macrofauna),CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.1.3.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001335,CMECS_00001335,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Diverse Colonizers,Mollusk/Sponge/Tunicate Colonizers (Large Megafauna),CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.1.3.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001527,CMECS_00001527,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Diverse Colonizers,Sponge/Gorgonian Colonizers,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.1.3.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001581,CMECS_00001581,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Attached Tube-Building Fauna,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Hard substrate areas with a percent cover dominated by tube builders, including annelids, phoronids, sipunculids, crustaceans, gastropods, pogonophorans, echiurans, priapulids, and other phyla. These animals construct chitinous, leathery, calcareous, sandy, mucus, or other types of tubes that are cemented or otherwise attached to hard substrate, and can occur in very high densities. If the tubes are built from a more permanent material (e.g., calcium carbonate) and occur in densities sufficient to construct substrate, these areas may be classified as Reef Biota.",,1.1.0,B,2.2.1.3.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000061,CMECS_00000061,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Attached Tube-Building Fauna,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Hard substrate areas with a percent cover dominated by tube builders, including annelids, phoronids, sipunculids, crustaceans, gastropods, pogonophorans, echiurans, priapulids, and other phyla. These animals construct chitinous, leathery, calcareous, sandy, mucus, or other types of tubes that are cemented or otherwise attached to hard substrate, and can occur in very high densities. If the tubes are built from a more permanent material (e.g., calcium carbonate) and occur in densities sufficient to construct substrate, these areas may be classified as Reef Biota.",,1.1.0,B,2.2.1.3.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000067,CMECS_00000067,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Attached Tube-Building Fauna,Attached Phoronids,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,,B,,,,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Attached Tube-Building Fauna,Attached Pogonophorans,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.1.3.5,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000062,CMECS_00000062,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Attached Tube-Building Fauna,Attached ,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.1.3.6,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001368,CMECS_00001368,Original Unit,,, @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Attached Sea U Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Attached Sea Urchins,Attached ,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.1.24.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001374,CMECS_00001374,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Soft Sediment Fauna,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Areas that are characterized by fine unconsolidated substrates (sand, mud) and that are dominated in percent cover or in estimated biomass by infauna, sessile epifauna, mobile epifauna, mobile fauna that create semi-permanent burrows as homes, or by structures or evidence associated with these fauna (e.g., tilefish burrows, lobster burrows). These animals may tunnel freely within the sediment or embed themselves wholly or partially in the sediment. In many cases, they will regularly leave their burrows, and may move rapidly or swim actively after doing so, but any animal that creates a semi-permanent home in the sediment can be classified as Soft Sediment Fauna. These animals may also move slowly over the sediment surface, but are not capable of moving outside of the boundaries of the classification unit within one day. Most of these fauna possess specialized organs for burrowing, digging, embedding, tube-building, anchoring, or locomotory activities in soft substrates. Biotic communities in the Soft Sediment Fauna subclass are identified with the term ""Bed"", to distinguish them from Attached Fauna biotic communities (which do not include the term ""Bed""). Within Soft Sediment Fauna, the Biotic Group is identified as the biota making up the greatest percent cover or the greatest estimated biomass within the classified area. Biota present at lesser percent cover or estimated biomass values within the classified area may be identified as Co-occurring Elements (See Section 10.6.2) or (if not a CMECS Biotic Group) as Associated Taxa (See Section 10.3.1). Associated Taxa include rapid epifaunal predators such as crustaceans, fishes, and other nekton that are capable of leaving the boundaries of the classification unit within one day. Associated Taxa may be capable of digging into the sediment surface to feed or hide (e.g., portunid crabs) but do not construct a semi-permanent burrow as would define Soft Sediment Fauna. For practitioners who wish to better characterize Soft Sediment Fauna, the Community Successional Stage Modifier (Section 10.3.2, including Figure 10.1 and Table 10.3) is a helpful addition to classifying soft sediment fauna, and can be applied to almost every soft-sediment area. This modifier provides ecological and functional information, and adds an element of assessment.",,1.1.0,B,2.2.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000777,CMECS_00000777,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Soft Sediment Fauna,Larger Deep-Burrowing Fauna,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Assemblages dominated by the presence—or evidence—of larger, deep-burrowing, soft-bodied, generally worm-like infauna. Characteristic taxa include larger (body width > 2 millimeters) annelids (segmented worms), enteropneusts (acorn worms), sipunculids (peanut worms), priapulids (phallus worms), nemerteans (ribbon worms), echiuroids (spoon worms), and/or other worm-like fauna, typically living > 5 centimeters below the sediment-water interface. Diverse mixes of fauna are common, and biotic communities may or may not be identifiable with an abundant or distinctive dominant taxon. Large fecal casts, mounds, burrows, feeding voids, etc., may be taken as evidence of deep-burrowing fauna. However, areas characterized by larger, tube-building worms (that construct a significant tube structure rising above the sediment-water interface, but may live with a body position below the sediment surface) are classified as Larger Tube-Building Fauna. Burrowing fauna with shells (e.g., clams and crustaceans) are covered below in other biotic groups.",,1.1.0,B,2.2.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000460,CMECS_00000460,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Soft Sediment Fauna,Larger Deep-Burrowing Fauna,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Assemblages dominated by the presence�or evidence�of larger, deep-burrowing, soft-bodied, generally worm-like infauna. Characteristic taxa include larger (body width > 2 millimeters) annelids (segmented worms), enteropneusts (acorn worms), sipunculids (peanut worms), priapulids (phallus worms), nemerteans (ribbon worms), echiuroids (spoon worms), and/or other worm-like fauna, typically living > 5 centimeters below the sediment-water interface. Diverse mixes of fauna are common, and biotic communities may or may not be identifiable with an abundant or distinctive dominant taxon. Large fecal casts, mounds, burrows, feeding voids, etc., may be taken as evidence of deep-burrowing fauna. However, areas characterized by larger, tube-building worms (that construct a significant tube structure rising above the sediment-water interface, but may live with a body position below the sediment surface) are classified as Larger Tube-Building Fauna. Burrowing fauna with shells (e.g., clams and crustaceans) are covered below in other biotic groups.",,1.1.0,B,2.2.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000460,CMECS_00000460,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Soft Sediment Fauna,Larger Deep-Burrowing Fauna, Bed,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.2.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000966,CMECS_00000966,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Soft Sediment Fauna,Larger Deep-Burrowing Fauna, Bed,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.2.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000976,CMECS_00000976,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Soft Sediment Fauna,Larger Deep-Burrowing Fauna, Bed,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.2.1.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001068,CMECS_00001068,Original Unit,,, @@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Inferred Fauna,Fecal Mounds,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Inferred Fauna,Fecal Mounds, Castings,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.3.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000947,CMECS_00000947,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Inferred Fauna,Fecal Mounds,Balanoglossid Castings,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.3.2.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000075,CMECS_00000075,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Inferred Fauna,Fecal Mounds,Holothurian Castings,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.3.2.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000418,CMECS_00000418,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Inferred Fauna,"Pelletized, Fluid Surface Layer",,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas distinguished by a fluid, fecal-rich, pelletized surface layer, which is typically 5 - 15 millimeters thick (Rhoads and Young 1970). This layer is characteristic of deposit-feeding polychaetes, deposit-feeding clams, and/or other fauna. This layer is indicative of deposit feeders, but is not always present in deposit feeding communities, particularly when currents are sufficient to remove the layer.","Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1982. “Characterization of Organism-Sediment Relationships Using Sediment Profile Imaging: An Efficient Method of Remote Ecological Monitoring of the Seafloor (REMOTS System).” Marine Ecology Progress Series 8: 115–128.",1.1.0,B,2.2.3.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001546,CMECS_00001546,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Inferred Fauna,"Pelletized, Fluid Surface Layer",,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas distinguished by a fluid, fecal-rich, pelletized surface layer, which is typically 5 - 15 millimeters thick (Rhoads and Young 1970). This layer is characteristic of deposit-feeding polychaetes, deposit-feeding clams, and/or other fauna. This layer is indicative of deposit feeders, but is not always present in deposit feeding communities, particularly when currents are sufficient to remove the layer.","Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1982. �Characterization of Organism-Sediment Relationships Using Sediment Profile Imaging: An Efficient Method of Remote Ecological Monitoring of the Seafloor (REMOTS System).� Marine Ecology Progress Series 8: 115�128.",1.1.0,B,2.2.3.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001546,CMECS_00001546,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Inferred Fauna,"Pelletized, Fluid Surface Layer",Fluidized Capitellid Layer,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.3.3.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000357,CMECS_00000357,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Inferred Fauna,"Pelletized, Fluid Surface Layer",Fluidized Deposit Feeder Layer,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.3.3.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000358,CMECS_00000358,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Inferred Fauna,"Pelletized, Fluid Surface Layer",Fluidized Maldanid Layer,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.3.3.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000359,CMECS_00000359,Original Unit,,, @@ -603,16 +603,16 @@ Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Microbial Communities,Mat/Film Forming M Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Microbial Communities,Mat/Film Forming Microbes,Vent Microbes,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by chemoautotrophic bacteria living on or near hydrothermal vents. These bacteria can use the chemicals present around the vent as an energy source. The bacteria are present in the water column and on substrate near vents as bacterial mats, films, and strands. They form the primary food source (as symbionts or as free-living bacterial clusters) for the gigantic and diverse fauna that inhabit Vent Communities. Vent Microbes colonize new vents, making the area hospitable to other fauna.",,1.1.0,B,2.3.2.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000876,CMECS_00000876,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Microbial Communities,Mat/Film Forming Microbes,Vent Microbes, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.3.2.4.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001298,CMECS_00001298,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Microbial Communities,Mat/Film Forming Microbes,Vent Microbes,Thermoacidophiles Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.3.2.4.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000827,CMECS_00000827,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Class,"Tidal areas dominated by submerged or emergent mosses or lichens. Communities dominated by mosses are limited to freshwater situations. Although some mosses have been reported in tidal salt marshes, they have not been reported as dominant (Garbary et al. 2008). Lichens, on the other hand, occur in both freshwater and marine environments in relatively recognizable zones based on, among other factors, the extent to which they are submerged or flooded (Hawksworth 2000; Fletcher 1973; Gilbert and Giavarini 1997). Lichens are generally recognized as a symbiotic association with a fungus and an alga (or cyanobacterium) living together and forming patches or a visible pattern on the surface of the substrate.","Hawksworth, D. L. 2000. “Freshwater and Marine Lichen-Forming Fungi.” In Aquatic Mycology Across the Millennium. Edited by K. D. Hyde, W. H. Ho, and S. B. Pointing. Fungal Diversity 5: 1–7.|Fletcher, A. 1973. “The Ecology of Marine (Supra Littoral) Lichens on Some Rocky Shores of Anglesey.” Lichenologist 5: 401–422.|Gilbert, O. L., and V. J. Giavarini. 1997. “The Lichen Vegetation of Acid Watercourses in England.” Lichenologist 29: 347–367.",1.1.0,B,2.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000575,CMECS_00000575,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Freshwater Tidal Lichens,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,Freshwater tidal areas dominated by salt-intolerant lichen species that form patches or visible patterns on the surface of the substrate. Freshwater lichen Biotic Groups are based on a modification of Gilbert and Giavarini (1997).,"Gilbert, O. L., and V. J. Giavarini. 1997. “The Lichen Vegetation of Acid Watercourses in England.” Lichenologist 29: 347–367.",1.1.0,B,2.4.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000374,CMECS_00000374,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Freshwater Tidal Lichens,Freshwater Submerged and Regularly Flooded Tidal Lichen Zone,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,Submerged or regularly flooded freshwater tidal areas dominated by lichens that can tolerate regular inundation. This zone includes the Submerged Zone described by Gilbert and Giavarini.,"Gilbert, O. L., and V. J. Giavarini. 1997. “The Lichen Vegetation of Acid Watercourses in England.” Lichenologist 29: 347–367.",1.1.0,B,2.4.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000373,CMECS_00000373,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Freshwater Tidal Lichens,Freshwater Irregularly Flooded Tidal Lichen Zone,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Tidal areas that are irregularly flooded (less often than daily) by tidal or non-tidal floods. Areas are generally characterized by lichen species that require moist or damp substrates. This zone corresponds to the Fluvial Mesic and Fluvial Xeric Zones described by Gilbert and Giavarini, but the CMECS group only includes the parts related to the Tidal Lichen Zones.","Gilbert, O. L., and V. J. Giavarini. 1997. “The Lichen Vegetation of Acid Watercourses in England.” Lichenologist 29: 347–367.",1.1.0,B,2.4.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000372,CMECS_00000372,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,Marine tidal areas dominated by lichen species that form patches or visible patterns on the surface of the substrate. Marine Lichen Biotic Groups are based on a modification of Fletcher (1973).,"Fletcher, A. 1973. “The Ecology of Marine (Supra Littoral) Lichens on Some Rocky Shores of Anglesey.” Lichenologist 5: 401–422.",1.1.0,B,2.4.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000494,CMECS_00000494,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Intertidal Lichen Zone,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,Zones dominated by patches of lichens that are regularly submerged by marine tides. This zone corresponds to the Littoral Zone described by Fletcher.,"Fletcher, A. 1973. “The Ecology of Marine (Supra Littoral) Lichens on Some Rocky Shores of Anglesey.” Lichenologist 5: 401–422.",1.1.0,B,2.4.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000492,CMECS_00000492,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Class,"Tidal areas dominated by submerged or emergent mosses or lichens. Communities dominated by mosses are limited to freshwater situations. Although some mosses have been reported in tidal salt marshes, they have not been reported as dominant (Garbary et al. 2008). Lichens, on the other hand, occur in both freshwater and marine environments in relatively recognizable zones based on, among other factors, the extent to which they are submerged or flooded (Hawksworth 2000; Fletcher 1973; Gilbert and Giavarini 1997). Lichens are generally recognized as a symbiotic association with a fungus and an alga (or cyanobacterium) living together and forming patches or a visible pattern on the surface of the substrate.","Hawksworth, D. L. 2000. �Freshwater and Marine Lichen-Forming Fungi.� In Aquatic Mycology Across the Millennium. Edited by K. D. Hyde, W. H. Ho, and S. B. Pointing. Fungal Diversity 5: 1�7.|Fletcher, A. 1973. �The Ecology of Marine (Supra Littoral) Lichens on Some Rocky Shores of Anglesey.� Lichenologist 5: 401�422.|Gilbert, O. L., and V. J. Giavarini. 1997. �The Lichen Vegetation of Acid Watercourses in England.� Lichenologist 29: 347�367.",1.1.0,B,2.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000575,CMECS_00000575,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Freshwater Tidal Lichens,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,Freshwater tidal areas dominated by salt-intolerant lichen species that form patches or visible patterns on the surface of the substrate. Freshwater lichen Biotic Groups are based on a modification of Gilbert and Giavarini (1997).,"Gilbert, O. L., and V. J. Giavarini. 1997. �The Lichen Vegetation of Acid Watercourses in England.� Lichenologist 29: 347�367.",1.1.0,B,2.4.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000374,CMECS_00000374,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Freshwater Tidal Lichens,Freshwater Submerged and Regularly Flooded Tidal Lichen Zone,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,Submerged or regularly flooded freshwater tidal areas dominated by lichens that can tolerate regular inundation. This zone includes the Submerged Zone described by Gilbert and Giavarini.,"Gilbert, O. L., and V. J. Giavarini. 1997. �The Lichen Vegetation of Acid Watercourses in England.� Lichenologist 29: 347�367.",1.1.0,B,2.4.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000373,CMECS_00000373,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Freshwater Tidal Lichens,Freshwater Irregularly Flooded Tidal Lichen Zone,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Tidal areas that are irregularly flooded (less often than daily) by tidal or non-tidal floods. Areas are generally characterized by lichen species that require moist or damp substrates. This zone corresponds to the Fluvial Mesic and Fluvial Xeric Zones described by Gilbert and Giavarini, but the CMECS group only includes the parts related to the Tidal Lichen Zones.","Gilbert, O. L., and V. J. Giavarini. 1997. �The Lichen Vegetation of Acid Watercourses in England.� Lichenologist 29: 347�367.",1.1.0,B,2.4.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000372,CMECS_00000372,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,Marine tidal areas dominated by lichen species that form patches or visible patterns on the surface of the substrate. Marine Lichen Biotic Groups are based on a modification of Fletcher (1973).,"Fletcher, A. 1973. �The Ecology of Marine (Supra Littoral) Lichens on Some Rocky Shores of Anglesey.� Lichenologist 5: 401�422.",1.1.0,B,2.4.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000494,CMECS_00000494,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Intertidal Lichen Zone,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,Zones dominated by patches of lichens that are regularly submerged by marine tides. This zone corresponds to the Littoral Zone described by Fletcher.,"Fletcher, A. 1973. �The Ecology of Marine (Supra Littoral) Lichens on Some Rocky Shores of Anglesey.� Lichenologist 5: 401�422.",1.1.0,B,2.4.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000492,CMECS_00000492,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Intertidal Lichen Zone, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.4.2.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001017,CMECS_00001017,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Intertidal Lichen Zone, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.4.2.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001104,CMECS_00001104,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Intertidal Lichen Zone,Intertidal Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.4.2.1.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001486,CMECS_00001486,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Supratidal Lichen Zone,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Zones dominated by patches of lichens in association with the supratidal zone (splash zone). These areas are rarely submerged, but are regularly wetted by splash and sea spray. These lichen zones are most often associated with rocky shores with abundant sea spray. This zone corresponds to the Supralittoral Zone described by Fletcher.","Fletcher, A. 1973. “The Ecology of Marine (Supra Littoral) Lichens on Some Rocky Shores of Anglesey.” Lichenologist 5: 401–422.",1.1.0,B,2.4.2.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000519,CMECS_00000519,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Supratidal Lichen Zone,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Zones dominated by patches of lichens in association with the supratidal zone (splash zone). These areas are rarely submerged, but are regularly wetted by splash and sea spray. These lichen zones are most often associated with rocky shores with abundant sea spray. This zone corresponds to the Supralittoral Zone described by Fletcher.","Fletcher, A. 1973. �The Ecology of Marine (Supra Littoral) Lichens on Some Rocky Shores of Anglesey.� Lichenologist 5: 401�422.",1.1.0,B,2.4.2.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000519,CMECS_00000519,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Supratidal Lichen Zone, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.4.2.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000943,CMECS_00000943,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Supratidal Lichen Zone, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.4.2.2.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000986,CMECS_00000986,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Supratidal Lichen Zone, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.4.2.2.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001202,CMECS_00001202,Original Unit,,, @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,,,,CMECS Biotic C Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Aquatic beds dominated by macroalgae attached to the substrate, such as kelp (Figure 8.14), intertidal fucoids, and calcareous algae. Macroalgal communities can exist at all depths within the photic zone, on diverse substrates, and across a range of energy and water chemistry regimes. In the CMECS framework, macroalgae that dominate the benthic environment and form a vegetated cover fall within this subclass. Macroalgal communities (typically coralline/crustose algae) that build substrate in a reef setting are categorized in the BC Reef Biota Class instead. Many macroalgal types and communities have low temporal persistence and can bloom and die-back within short periods. This aspect of macroalgae is reflected with the temporal persistence modifier, which allows further description of the units in this subclass. While many researchers organize macroalgae based on their pigmentation, CMECS takes a growth morphology approach to defining benthic algal biotic groups. This decision was driven by the fact that macroalgal assemblages often include a variety of co-existing algal species, making delineations of individual species difficult. This approach also captures the influence that the algal growth structure has in shaping the local environment- by providing shelter, shade, and detrital material to an area, which is important to associated fauna. -The Biotic Group level of classification here is a modification of the ""Littler functional-form model"" for marine macroalgae, as described by Littler, Littler, and Taylor (1983) and promoted by Lobban and Harrison (1997). The Littler functional form groups are the sheet group, filamentous group, coarsely branched group, thick leathery group, jointed calcareous group, and crustose group. Littler, Littler, and Taylor (1983) discuss the morphological, metabolic, and ecological significance of each group, and they point out that these groups are best considered as recognizable points along a continuum (rather than as discrete bins). Biotic Groups and Communities defined by macroalgae generally also include a diversity of associated fauna, including many that consume macroalgae (e.g., sea urchins and mollusks); these may be characterized as Modifiers: Associated Taxa, or Co-occurring Elements.","Littler, M. M., D. S. Littler, and P. R. Taylor. 1983. “Evolutionary Strategies in a Tropical Barrier Reef System: Functional-Form Groups of Marine Macroalgae.” Journal of Phycology 19: 229–237.|Lobban, C. S., and P. J. Harrison. 1997. Seaweed Ecology and Physiology. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.",1.1.0,B,2.5.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000097,CMECS_00000097,Original Unit,,, +The Biotic Group level of classification here is a modification of the ""Littler functional-form model"" for marine macroalgae, as described by Littler, Littler, and Taylor (1983) and promoted by Lobban and Harrison (1997). The Littler functional form groups are the sheet group, filamentous group, coarsely branched group, thick leathery group, jointed calcareous group, and crustose group. Littler, Littler, and Taylor (1983) discuss the morphological, metabolic, and ecological significance of each group, and they point out that these groups are best considered as recognizable points along a continuum (rather than as discrete bins). Biotic Groups and Communities defined by macroalgae generally also include a diversity of associated fauna, including many that consume macroalgae (e.g., sea urchins and mollusks); these may be characterized as Modifiers: Associated Taxa, or Co-occurring Elements.","Littler, M. M., D. S. Littler, and P. R. Taylor. 1983. �Evolutionary Strategies in a Tropical Barrier Reef System: Functional-Form Groups of Marine Macroalgae.� Journal of Phycology 19: 229�237.|Lobban, C. S., and P. J. Harrison. 1997. Seaweed Ecology and Physiology. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.",1.1.0,B,2.5.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000097,CMECS_00000097,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,Calcareous Algal Bed,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by calcareous algae that incorporate calcium carbonate into their tissues, support their own weight, and have an upright growth form. Calcareous algae can form carpets on the bottom, and- as they decay- the calcareous skeletons remain behind, occasionally forming loose accumulations on the bottom resembling chips. Calcareous algae that occur in a reef setting are included in the Colonized Shallow and Mesophotic Reef biotic group.",,1.1.0,B,2.5.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000127,CMECS_00000127,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,Calcareous Algal Bed, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.5.1.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001025,CMECS_00001025,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,Calcareous Algal Bed, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.5.1.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001075,CMECS_00001075,Original Unit,,, @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@ Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalga Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,Sheet Algal Bed, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.5.1.7.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001073,CMECS_00001073,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,Sheet Algal Bed, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.5.1.7.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001130,CMECS_00001130,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,Sheet Algal Bed, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.5.1.7.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001308,CMECS_00001308,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,Turf Algal Bed,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by turf algae that represent a multi-specific assemblage of diminutive, often filamentous, algae that attain a canopy height of only 1 - 10 millimeters (see Steneck 1988 for review). These microalgal species have a high diversity (more than 100 species in the western Atlantic), although only 30 - 50 species commonly occur at one time. There is a high turnover of individual turf algal species seasonally; only a few species are able to persist or remain abundant throughout the year. But turf algae- when observed as a functional group- remain relatively stable year round (Steneck and Dethier 1994), and they are often able to recover rapidly after being partially consumed by herbivores. Turfs are capable of trapping ambient sediment, and they kill corals by gradual encroachment.","Steneck, R. S., and M. N. Dethier. 1994. “A Functional Group Approach to the Structure of Algal-Dominated Communities.” Oikos 69 (3): 476–598.",1.1.0,B,2.5.1.8,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000865,CMECS_00000865,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,Turf Algal Bed,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by turf algae that represent a multi-specific assemblage of diminutive, often filamentous, algae that attain a canopy height of only 1 - 10 millimeters (see Steneck 1988 for review). These microalgal species have a high diversity (more than 100 species in the western Atlantic), although only 30 - 50 species commonly occur at one time. There is a high turnover of individual turf algal species seasonally; only a few species are able to persist or remain abundant throughout the year. But turf algae- when observed as a functional group- remain relatively stable year round (Steneck and Dethier 1994), and they are often able to recover rapidly after being partially consumed by herbivores. Turfs are capable of trapping ambient sediment, and they kill corals by gradual encroachment.","Steneck, R. S., and M. N. Dethier. 1994. �A Functional Group Approach to the Structure of Algal-Dominated Communities.� Oikos 69 (3): 476�598.",1.1.0,B,2.5.1.8,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000865,CMECS_00000865,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,Turf Algal Bed,Mixed Algal Turf Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.5.1.8.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000550,CMECS_00000550,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Aquatic Vascular Vegetation,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Aquatic vascular vegetation beds dominated by submerged, rooted, vascular species (such as seagrasses, Figure 8.15) or submerged or rooted floating freshwater tidal vascular vegetation (such as hornworts [ spp.] or naiads [ spp.]). Note: Nomenclatural standards and punctuation for vegetated biotic communities are taken directly from FGDC-STD-005-2008. Strata are separated by a ""/"" (i.e., tree/shrub/herbaceous). Hyphens between species names indicate that they are in the same strata. Parentheses indicate that the species is important in defining the association, but may not be in every observation of the association. The name of the FGDC-STD-005-2008 Class is always used at the end of the association name. The epithet, ""[Provisional]"" is used when the type has been identified, but not yet formally incorporated into FGDC-STD-005-2008.","FGDC (Federal Geographic Data Committee). 2008. FGDC-STD-005-2008. National Vegetation Classification Standard, Version 2. Reston, VA: U.S. Geological Survey.",1.1.0,B,2.5.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000035,CMECS_00000035,Original Unit,,, @@ -883,9 +883,9 @@ Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Forested Wetland,Tidal Forest/Woodland,T Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Forested Wetland,Tidal Forest/Woodland,Tidal Mangrove Forest, Tall Fringing Forest,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.8.1.4.7,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001215,CMECS_00001215,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Forested Wetland,Tidal Forest/Woodland,Tidal Mangrove Forest," - (, ) Riverine Forest",CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.8.1.4.8,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001216,CMECS_00001216,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Forested Wetland,Tidal Forest/Woodland,Tidal Mangrove Forest, Forest,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.8.1.4.9,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001209,CMECS_00001209,Original Unit,,, -Geoform Component,,,,,,CMECS Component: Geoform ,"In CMECS, the geological context—and associated features of the landscape and seascape—are captured in the Geoform Component (GC), which describes the physical structure of the environment across multiple scales. The GC addresses five aspects of the coastal and seafloor morphology: tectonic setting, physiographic setting, geoform origin, geoform, and geoform type. The framework for the GC adopts most of the structures described by Greene et al. (2007) and the estuary types outlined in Madden et al. (2008), but expands the options to include a larger number of coastal and nearshore features. -The GC is not intended to be a geological classification per se. Rather, it provides a way to present the structural aspects of the physical environment that are relevant to—and drivers of—biological community distribution. This component does not include surface geology attributes [such as hardbottom, softbottom, sand, gravel, and cobble as in Greene et al. (2007)], because these attributes are included in the Substrate Component that describes the character and composition of the seafloor. Used together, geoform and substrate component units reflect the physical environment in which benthic/attached biota occurs. -The GC is organized into four subcomponents that occur along a spatial continuum (Table 6.1): tectonic setting and physiographic setting describe large, global features, while the level 1 and level 2 geoform subcomponents describe meso-and microscale units (extending down to features at the meter scale). Each subcomponent has a general scale range associated with it, but features within these categories will naturally overlap one another—because of the natural gradients and transitions between geologic units and processes. Similarly, regional differences in processes will cause units to respond differently on spatial and temporal scales (Harris et al. 2005).","Greene, H. G., J. J. Bizzarro, V. M. O’Connell, and C. K. Brylinsky. 2007. “Construction of Digital Potential Marine Benthic Habitat Maps Using a Coded Classification Scheme and Its Applications.” In Mapping the Seafloor for Habitat Characterization, 141–155. Special Paper 47. Edited by B. J. Todd and H. G. Greene. Geological Association of Canada.|Madden, C. J., R. Smith, E. Dettmann, and N. Detenbeck. 2008. “A Typology of Estuaries Supporting the Development of a National Nutrient Criteria Framework for Estuarine Systems.” Chap. 3 in Development of Nutrient Criteria for the Nation’s Estuaries: Technical Document. Edited by P. Glibert et al. Report of the National Nutrient Criteria Development Workgroup. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.|Harris, M. S., P. T. Gayes, J. L. Kindinger, J. G. Flocks, D. E. Krantzft, and P. Donovan. 2005. “Quaternary Geomorphology and Modern Coastal Development in Response to an Inherent Geologic Framework: An Example from Charleston, South Carolina.” Journal of Coastal Research 21: 49–64.",1.1.0,G,None,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000387,CMECS_00000387,Original Unit,,, +Geoform Component,,,,,,CMECS Component: Geoform ,"In CMECS, the geological context�and associated features of the landscape and seascape�are captured in the Geoform Component (GC), which describes the physical structure of the environment across multiple scales. The GC addresses five aspects of the coastal and seafloor morphology: tectonic setting, physiographic setting, geoform origin, geoform, and geoform type. The framework for the GC adopts most of the structures described by Greene et al. (2007) and the estuary types outlined in Madden et al. (2008), but expands the options to include a larger number of coastal and nearshore features. +The GC is not intended to be a geological classification per se. Rather, it provides a way to present the structural aspects of the physical environment that are relevant to�and drivers of�biological community distribution. This component does not include surface geology attributes [such as hardbottom, softbottom, sand, gravel, and cobble as in Greene et al. (2007)], because these attributes are included in the Substrate Component that describes the character and composition of the seafloor. Used together, geoform and substrate component units reflect the physical environment in which benthic/attached biota occurs. +The GC is organized into four subcomponents that occur along a spatial continuum (Table 6.1): tectonic setting and physiographic setting describe large, global features, while the level 1 and level 2 geoform subcomponents describe meso-and microscale units (extending down to features at the meter scale). Each subcomponent has a general scale range associated with it, but features within these categories will naturally overlap one another�because of the natural gradients and transitions between geologic units and processes. Similarly, regional differences in processes will cause units to respond differently on spatial and temporal scales (Harris et al. 2005).","Greene, H. G., J. J. Bizzarro, V. M. O�Connell, and C. K. Brylinsky. 2007. �Construction of Digital Potential Marine Benthic Habitat Maps Using a Coded Classification Scheme and Its Applications.� In Mapping the Seafloor for Habitat Characterization, 141�155. Special Paper 47. Edited by B. J. Todd and H. G. Greene. Geological Association of Canada.|Madden, C. J., R. Smith, E. Dettmann, and N. Detenbeck. 2008. �A Typology of Estuaries Supporting the Development of a National Nutrient Criteria Framework for Estuarine Systems.� Chap. 3 in Development of Nutrient Criteria for the Nation�s Estuaries: Technical Document. Edited by P. Glibert et al. Report of the National Nutrient Criteria Development Workgroup. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.|Harris, M. S., P. T. Gayes, J. L. Kindinger, J. G. Flocks, D. E. Krantzft, and P. Donovan. 2005. �Quaternary Geomorphology and Modern Coastal Development in Response to an Inherent Geologic Framework: An Example from Charleston, South Carolina.� Journal of Coastal Research 21: 49�64.",1.1.0,G,None,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000387,CMECS_00000387,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Tectonic Setting ,,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent,"At the largest scales, the GC is divided into eight planetary features that reflect global tectonic processes (both past and present). Generally, these features are thousands of square kilometers or larger in size. They include both continental and oceanic crustal units, and the tectonic setting features form the context for all of the smaller-scale geoforms.",,1.1.0,G,t,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000817,CMECS_00000817,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Tectonic Setting,Abyssal Plain,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"A flat region of the deep ocean floor (with a slope less than 1:1,000) that was formed by the deposition of pelagic and gravity-current sediments, which obscure the pre-existing topography. Vast areas of the ocean floor fall within this setting, which can be subdivided into smaller basins based on regional topography.",,1.1.0,G,t1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000001,CMECS_00000001,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Tectonic Setting,Convergent Active Continental Margin,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"Intense areas of active magmatism, where the oceanic lithosphere is subducted beneath the continental lithosphere. This results in chains of volcanoes near the continental margin; the leading edge of the continental plate is usually studded with steep mountain ranges.",,1.1.0,G,t2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000189,CMECS_00000189,Original Unit,,, @@ -896,15 +896,15 @@ Geoform Component,Tectonic Setting,Mid-Ocean Ridge,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent Geoform Component,Tectonic Setting,Passive Continental Margin,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"The transition between oceanic and continental crust that is not an active plate margin. This feature was constructed by sedimentation above an ancient rift, now marked by transitional crust. Major tectonic movement is broad, whereas regional vertical adjustment, earthquakes, and volcanic activity are minor and local.",,1.1.0,G,t7,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000628,CMECS_00000628,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Tectonic Setting,Transform Continental Margin,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,A feature defined by the transform fault that develops during continental rifting. These margins differ from rifted or passive margins in two key ways; they have a narrow continental shelf (less than 30 kilometers) and a steep ocean-continent transition zone (Keary et al. 2009).,"Keary, P., K. A. Klepeis, and F. J. Vine. 2009. Global Tectonics. 3rd ed. Hoboken, NJ: Wiley-Blackwell.",1.1.0,G,t8,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000845,CMECS_00000845,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Tectonic Setting,Tectonic Trench,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"A narrow, elongate depression of the deep seafloor associated with a subduction zone. These can be oriented parallel to a volcanic arc and are commonly aligned with the edge of the adjacent continent, between the continental margin and the abyssal hills. Trenches are commonly greater than 2 kilometers deeper than the surrounding ocean floor, and they may be thousands of kilometers long.",,1.1.0,G,t9,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000818,CMECS_00000818,Original Unit,,, -Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent,"Spatially nested within the tectonic settings, physiographic settings describe landscape-level geomorphological features from the coast to mid-ocean spreading centers. These large features—generally on the scale of hundreds of square kilometers—can cross tectonic settings, and they can be delineated at a scale of 1:1,000,000 (or greater) using bathymetric maps and other remote sensing data. Each setting will normally contain a wide variety of the smaller geoform features.",,1.1.0,G,p,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000641,CMECS_00000641,Original Unit,,, +Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent,"Spatially nested within the tectonic settings, physiographic settings describe landscape-level geomorphological features from the coast to mid-ocean spreading centers. These large features�generally on the scale of hundreds of square kilometers�can cross tectonic settings, and they can be delineated at a scale of 1:1,000,000 (or greater) using bathymetric maps and other remote sensing data. Each setting will normally contain a wide variety of the smaller geoform features.",,1.1.0,G,p,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000641,CMECS_00000641,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Abyssal/Submarine Fan,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"A low, outspread, relatively flat-to-gently sloping mass of loose material- shaped like an open fan or a segment of a cone- deposited by a flow of water at the place where it issues from a narrower or steeper-gradient area into a broader area, valley, flat, or other feature. Abyssal fans form at the mouths of submarine canyons, and fans are also the result of turbidities (that is, gravity-driven, underwater avalanches).",,1.1.0,G,p1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001333,CMECS_00001333,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Barrier Reef,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"A long, narrow coral reef, roughly parallel to the shore and separated from it by a lagoon of considerable depth and width. This reef may enclose a volcanic island (either wholly or in part), or it may lie a great distance from a continental coast (such as the Great Barrier Reef). Generally, barrier reefs follow the coasts for long distances- often with short interruptions that are called passes or channels. Three principle examples of this type of feature are Australia's Great Barrier Reef, the New Caledonia Barrier Reef, and the Meso-American Barrier Reef system- although similar features exist elsewhere.",,1.1.0,G,p2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000083,CMECS_00000083,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Bight,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"A broad bend or curve in a generally open coast. Examples include the South Atlantic Bight and the Southern California Bight. These are distinguished from Embayment/Bays by the shallower angle between the apex of the bight and the adjacent coasts, although the term Bay has been used to name these features (e.g., Bay of Campeche).",,1.1.0,G,p3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000098,CMECS_00000098,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Borderland,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"An area of the continental margin (between the shoreline and the continental slope) that is topographically more complex than the continental shelf. This feature is characterized by ridges and basins, some of which are below the depth of the continental shelf.",,1.1.0,G,p4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000108,CMECS_00000108,Original Unit,,, -Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Continental/Island Rise,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,An area that lies at the deepest part of a continental or island margin between the continental slope and the abyssal plain. The rise is a gentle incline (with slopes of 0.5° to 1°) and it has generally smooth topography- although it may bear submarine canyons.,,1.1.0,G,p5,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001417,CMECS_00001417,Original Unit,,, -Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Continental/Island Shelf,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"That part of the continental margin that is between the shoreline and the continental slope (or a depth or 200 meters when there is no noticeable continental slope); it is characterized by its very gentle slope of 0.1°. Island shelves are analogous to the continental shelves, but surround islands.",,1.1.0,G,p6,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001418,CMECS_00001418,Original Unit,,, +Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Continental/Island Rise,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,An area that lies at the deepest part of a continental or island margin between the continental slope and the abyssal plain. The rise is a gentle incline (with slopes of 0.5� to 1�) and it has generally smooth topography- although it may bear submarine canyons.,,1.1.0,G,p5,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001417,CMECS_00001417,Original Unit,,, +Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Continental/Island Shelf,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"That part of the continental margin that is between the shoreline and the continental slope (or a depth or 200 meters when there is no noticeable continental slope); it is characterized by its very gentle slope of 0.1�. Island shelves are analogous to the continental shelves, but surround islands.",,1.1.0,G,p6,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001418,CMECS_00001418,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Continental/Island Shore Complex,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"This feature includes the land-water interface zone and contains geoforms across a diversity of scales. For CMECS, the supratidal zone forms the landward limit of geoforms found within the shore complex setting. This setting does not include the land-water interface along tidal rivers that may extend a considerable distance inland.",,1.1.0,G,p7,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001419,CMECS_00001419,Original Unit,,, -Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Continental/Island Slope,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"That part of the continental margin that is between the continental shelf and the continental rise (if there is one); it is characterized by its relatively steep slope of 1.5 - 6°. Island slopes are analogous to the continental slopes, but occur around islands.",,1.1.0,G,p8,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001420,CMECS_00001420,Original Unit,,, +Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Continental/Island Slope,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"That part of the continental margin that is between the continental shelf and the continental rise (if there is one); it is characterized by its relatively steep slope of 1.5 - 6�. Island slopes are analogous to the continental slopes, but occur around islands.",,1.1.0,G,p8,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001420,CMECS_00001420,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Embayment/Bay,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"A water body with some level of enclosure by land at different spatial scales. These can be wide, curving indentations in the coast, arms of the sea, or bodies of water almost surrounded by land. These features can be small- with considerable freshwater and terrestrial influence- or large and generally oceanic in character.",,1.1.0,G,p9,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001443,CMECS_00001443,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Fjord,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"A long, narrow, glacially eroded inlet or arm of the sea. They are often U-shaped, steep-walled, and deep. Because of their depth, they tend to have low surface-area-to-volume ratios. They have moderate watershed-to-water-area ratios and low-to-moderate riverine inputs. Fjords often have a geologic sill formation at the seaward end caused by glacial action. This morphology- combined with a low exchange of bottom waters with the ocean- can result in formation of hypoxic bottom waters.",,1.1.0,G,p10,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000350,CMECS_00000350,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Inland/Enclosed Sea,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"A large, water body almost completely surrounded by land. Salinities range from fresh through marine. The term inland is used to describe situations where the water body is connected to an adjacent large water body by a narrow strait, channel, canal, or river. Examples of this type of setting are the Mediterranean and Black Seas. The Great Lakes, due to their connectivity to the Atlantic Ocean via the St. Lawrence River also fall into this category.",,1.1.0,G,p11,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001484,CMECS_00001484,Original Unit,,, @@ -918,13 +918,13 @@ Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Riverine Estuary,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcom High inputs of land drainage can promote increased primary productivity, which may be confined to the water column in the upper reach, due to low transparency in the water column. Surrounding wetlands may be extensive and healthy, given the sediment supply and nutrient input. This marsh perimeter may be important in taking up the excess nutrients that are introduced to the system. Physically, the system may tend to be stratified during periods of high riverine input, and the input of marine waters may be enhanced by countercurrent flow.",,1.1.0,G,p16,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000682,CMECS_00000682,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Shelf Basin,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,Basins occurring on the continental shelf formed by offshore faulting activity.,,1.1.0,G,p17,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000740,CMECS_00000740,Original Unit,,, -Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Shelf Break,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,The slope discontinuity (rapid change in gradient) of 3° or greater that occurs at the outer edge of the continental shelf. This boundary generally occurs at a depth between 100-200 meters and forms the boundary between the Marine Offshore and Oceanic Subsystems.,,1.1.0,G,p18,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000741,CMECS_00000741,Original Unit,,, +Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Shelf Break,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,The slope discontinuity (rapid change in gradient) of 3� or greater that occurs at the outer edge of the continental shelf. This boundary generally occurs at a depth between 100-200 meters and forms the boundary between the Marine Offshore and Oceanic Subsystems.,,1.1.0,G,p18,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000741,CMECS_00000741,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Sound,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"(a) A relatively long, narrow waterway connecting two larger bodies of water (or two parts of the same water body), or an arm of the sea forming a channel between the mainland and an island (e.g., Puget Sound, WA). A sound is generally wider and more extensive than a strait. (b) A long, large, rather broad inlet of the ocean, which generally extends parallel to the coast (e.g., Long Island Sound, NY).",,1.1.0,G,p19,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000778,CMECS_00000778,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Submarine Canyon,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"A general term for all linear, steep-sided valleys on the seafloor. These canyons can be associated with terrestrial or nearshore river inputs, such as in the Hudson or Mississippi canyons.",,1.1.0,G,p20,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000800,CMECS_00000800,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Physiographic Setting,Trench,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Setting ,"Trenches in the physiographic setting subcomponent occur at a smaller spatial scale than the hemispheric-sized trenches in the tectonic setting. Both types of trenches share similar morphology, but physiographic setting Trenches are not necessarily associated with plate subduction.",,1.1.0,G,p21,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000852,CMECS_00000852,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent,"Geoforms are physical, coastal and seafloor structures that are generally no larger than hundreds of square kilometers in size. This size determination may be an areal extent or a linear distance. Larger geoforms (Level 1) are generally larger than one square kilometer, and correspond to Megahabitats in the Greene et al. classification system (2007). These features can be defined using geologic or geomorphic maps and bathymetric images of the seafloor at map scales of 1:250,000 or less. Smaller geoforms (Level 2) are generally less than one square kilometer in size (or less than 1 kilometer in distance); and correspond to Meso-and Macro-habitats in the Greene et al. system. Level 2 geoforms (such as individual coral reefs, tide pools, and sand wave fields) can be identified through in-situ observational methods (such as underwater videography) or through low-altitude, high-resolution optical or acoustic remote sensing. -Level 1 and Level 2 geoforms are arranged as two separate subcomponents so that they can be used in tandem to describe complex spatial patterns of geoform structures. Level 2 geoforms normally occur as portions of—or smaller features contained (nesting) within— Level 1 geoforms, but are not hierarchically constrained by the Level 1 geoforms. It is possible for geoforms at either level to nest within other units within their same level (for example, a Level 2 pockmark may occur within a Level 2 shoal/bar as in Figure 6.1 below). Although Level 1 and Level 2 geoforms are considered different subcomponents because of their scale differences, they share the same hierarchical structure and some units are found in both levels (if they occur over a broad range of sizes). For brevity, we have combined the definitions of these units into one listing and have indicated the subcomponent(s) in which they reside. -Geoform types are varieties of geoforms that provide further information on morphology and physical processes underway at any individual geoform. Users are encouraged to apply the Type designations where applicable—but they are not required to use it if their data do not support this level of detail. Users are also encouraged to provide the full nesting (recording of upper-level attributes) for any geoforms they identify, although there will be many instances where this is not practical.","Greene, H. G., J. J. Bizzarro, V. M. O’Connell, and C. K. Brylinsky. 2007. “Construction of Digital Potential Marine Benthic Habitat Maps Using a Coded Classification Scheme and Its Applications.” In Mapping the Seafloor for Habitat Characterization, 141–155. Special Paper 47. Edited by B. J. Todd and H. G. Greene. Geological Association of Canada.",1.1.0,G,g,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000386,CMECS_00000386,Original Unit,,, +Level 1 and Level 2 geoforms are arranged as two separate subcomponents so that they can be used in tandem to describe complex spatial patterns of geoform structures. Level 2 geoforms normally occur as portions of�or smaller features contained (nesting) within� Level 1 geoforms, but are not hierarchically constrained by the Level 1 geoforms. It is possible for geoforms at either level to nest within other units within their same level (for example, a Level 2 pockmark may occur within a Level 2 shoal/bar as in Figure 6.1 below). Although Level 1 and Level 2 geoforms are considered different subcomponents because of their scale differences, they share the same hierarchical structure and some units are found in both levels (if they occur over a broad range of sizes). For brevity, we have combined the definitions of these units into one listing and have indicated the subcomponent(s) in which they reside. +Geoform types are varieties of geoforms that provide further information on morphology and physical processes underway at any individual geoform. Users are encouraged to apply the Type designations where applicable�but they are not required to use it if their data do not support this level of detail. Users are also encouraged to provide the full nesting (recording of upper-level attributes) for any geoforms they identify, although there will be many instances where this is not practical.","Greene, H. G., J. J. Bizzarro, V. M. O�Connell, and C. K. Brylinsky. 2007. �Construction of Digital Potential Marine Benthic Habitat Maps Using a Coded Classification Scheme and Its Applications.� In Mapping the Seafloor for Habitat Characterization, 141�155. Special Paper 47. Edited by B. J. Todd and H. G. Greene. Geological Association of Canada.",1.1.0,G,g,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000386,CMECS_00000386,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Origin,"Geologic geoforms are formed by the abiotic processes of uplift, erosion, volcanism, deposition, fluid seepage, and material movement. Uplift may be a result of local and regional seismic and tectonic processes. Waves, currents, wind, chemical dissolution, seismic motion, and chemical precipitation all contribute to these geoforms and give them their distinctive qualities.",,1.1.0,G,g1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000388,CMECS_00000388,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Apron,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1),"An extensive, subaqueous, blanket-like deposit of alluvial, unconsolidated material that is derived from an identifiable source and deposited at the base of a mountain or seamount.",,1.1.0,G,g1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000031,CMECS_00000031,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Bank,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1),"An elevated area above the surrounding seafloor that rises near the surface. Banks generally are low-relief features, of modest-to-substantial extent, that normally remain submerged. They may have a variety of shapes and may show signs of erosion resulting from exposure during periods of lower sea level. Banks tend to occur on the continental shelf. Banks differ from shoals in having greater size and temporal persistence. The Geoform Bank differs from the Coral Reef Zone modifier Bank based on its geologic origin.",,1.1.0,G,g1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000076,CMECS_00000076,Original Unit,,, @@ -940,7 +940,7 @@ Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Beach,Mainland Beach,,CMECS Geoform S Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Beach,Pocket Beach,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 2),"A small beach between two headlands. Because of this isolation, there is very little- or no- exchange of sediment between the pocket beach and the adjacent shorelines.",,1.1.0,G,g1.5.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000651,CMECS_00000651,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Beach,Tide-Modified Beach,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1 or Level 2),"Beaches that occur in areas of high tide range (3-15 times the wave height) and usually lower waves (less than 0.3 meter). Tide-modified beaches include reflective beaches with a low-tide terrace, reflective beaches with bars and rips, and ultra dissipative beaches.",,1.1.0,G,g1.5.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000838,CMECS_00000838,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Beach,Tide-Dominated Beach,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1 or Level 2),"Beaches that occur in areas of high tide range (10-15 times the wave height) and usually lower waves; wave height is very low. Tide-dominated beaches include reflective beaches with sand ridges, reflective beaches with sand flats, reflective beaches with tidal sand flats, reflective beaches with tidal mud flats, and reflective beaches with rock flats.",,1.1.0,G,g1.5.5,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000837,CMECS_00000837,Original Unit,,, -Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Beach,Wave-Dominated Beach,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1 or Level 2),"Beaches that are exposed to persistent ocean swell, waves, and low tides (range of less than 2 meters). Wave-dominated beaches include reflective beaches, intermediate beaches, and dissipative beaches (Short 2006).","Short, A.D. 2006. “Australian Beach Systems—Nature and Distribution.” Journal of Coastal Research 22(1): 11-27.",1.1.0,G,g1.5.6,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000902,CMECS_00000902,Original Unit,,, +Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Beach,Wave-Dominated Beach,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1 or Level 2),"Beaches that are exposed to persistent ocean swell, waves, and low tides (range of less than 2 meters). Wave-dominated beaches include reflective beaches, intermediate beaches, and dissipative beaches (Short 2006).","Short, A.D. 2006. �Australian Beach Systems�Nature and Distribution.� Journal of Coastal Research 22(1): 11-27.",1.1.0,G,g1.5.6,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000902,CMECS_00000902,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Beach Berm,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1 or Level 2),The natural bench or platform lying below the main beach slope and above the foreshore.,,1.1.0,G,g1.6,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000090,CMECS_00000090,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Boulder Field,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1),"An area dominated by large, boulder-sized (256 millimeters - 4,096 millimeters) stones or pieces of rock. These can occur below cliffs or at the foot of steep slopes or canyons, where they are the result of depositional processes. These fields can also occur as the result of currents that have removed the finer sediments.",,1.1.0,G,g1.7,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000110,CMECS_00000110,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Cave,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 2),A natural passage extending beneath the earth's surface.,,1.1.0,G,g1.8,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000136,CMECS_00000136,Original Unit,,, @@ -955,8 +955,8 @@ Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Cove,Barrier Cove,,CMECS Geoform Subc Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Cove,Mainland Cove,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1 or Level 2),Small embayment or narrow indentation in a mainland coast. These coves usually have narrow entrances and are circular or oval in shape.,,1.1.0,G,g1.11.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000487,CMECS_00000487,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Delta,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1 or Level 2),"A landform made by a stream flowing through glacial ice and then depositing material as it enters a lake or pond at the end (or terminus) of the glacier. This delta is distinctive because it has been sorted by the action of the stream. This landform may often be observed after the glacier has melted. As the glacier melts, the edges of the delta may subside (as ice under it melts); additionally, glacial till may be deposited in the lateral or side area of the delta from the melting glacier.",,1.1.0,G,g1.11.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000230,CMECS_00000230,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Delta,Glacial (Kame) Delta,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1),"The low, nearly flat, alluvial tract of land at (or near) the mouth of a river. Deltas commonly form a triangular or fan-shaped plain of considerable area, which is crossed by many distributaries of the main river; deltas may extend beyond the general trend of the coast, and occur as a result of the accumulation of river sediment supplied in such quantities that it is not removed by tides, waves, and currents.",,1.1.0,G,g1.12,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001465,CMECS_00001465,Original Unit,,, -Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Delta,Ebb Tidal Delta,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 2),"A largely subaqueous (although sometimes intertidal), crudely fan-shaped delta with sand-sized sediment, which has been formed on the seaward side of a tidal inlet (modified from Boothroyd et al. 1985; Davis 1994; Ritter, Kochel, and Miller 1995).","Boothroyd, J. C., N. E. Friedrich, and S. R. McGinn. 1985. “Geology of Microtidal Coastal Lagoons: Rhode Island.” Marine Geology 63: 35–76.|Davis, R. A., Jr. 1994. “Barrier Island Systems—A Geologic Overview.” In Geology of Holocene Barrier Island Systems, 1–46. Edited by R. A. Davis. New York: Springer-Verlag.|Ritter, D. F., R. C. Kochel, and J. R. Miller. 1995. Process Geomorphology. 3rd ed. Dubuque, IA: Wm. C. Brown, Publishers.",1.1.0,G,g1.12.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000273,CMECS_00000273,Original Unit,,, -Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Delta,Flood Tidal Delta,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 2),"Equivalent to an Ebb Tidal Delta, except that this delta occurs on the landward side of a tidal inlet (modified from Boothroyd et al. 1985; Davis 1994; Ritter et al. 1995). Flood tides transport sediment through the tidal inlet, over a flood ramp where currents slow and dissipate before entering the lagoon (Davis 1994). Generally, flood tidal deltas along microtidal coasts are multi-lobate and unaffected by ebbing currents (modified from Davis 1994).","Boothroyd, J. C., N. E. Friedrich, and S. R. McGinn. 1985. “Geology of Microtidal Coastal Lagoons: Rhode Island.” Marine Geology 63: 35–76.|Davis, R. A., Jr. 1994. “Barrier Island Systems—A Geologic Overview.” In Geology of Holocene Barrier Island Systems, 1–46. Edited by R. A. Davis. New York: Springer-Verlag.|Ritter, D. F., R. C. Kochel, and J. R. Miller. 1995. Process Geomorphology. 3rd ed. Dubuque, IA: Wm. C. Brown, Publishers.",1.1.0,G,g1.12.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000353,CMECS_00000353,Original Unit,,, +Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Delta,Ebb Tidal Delta,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 2),"A largely subaqueous (although sometimes intertidal), crudely fan-shaped delta with sand-sized sediment, which has been formed on the seaward side of a tidal inlet (modified from Boothroyd et al. 1985; Davis 1994; Ritter, Kochel, and Miller 1995).","Boothroyd, J. C., N. E. Friedrich, and S. R. McGinn. 1985. �Geology of Microtidal Coastal Lagoons: Rhode Island.� Marine Geology 63: 35�76.|Davis, R. A., Jr. 1994. �Barrier Island Systems�A Geologic Overview.� In Geology of Holocene Barrier Island Systems, 1�46. Edited by R. A. Davis. New York: Springer-Verlag.|Ritter, D. F., R. C. Kochel, and J. R. Miller. 1995. Process Geomorphology. 3rd ed. Dubuque, IA: Wm. C. Brown, Publishers.",1.1.0,G,g1.12.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000273,CMECS_00000273,Original Unit,,, +Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Delta,Flood Tidal Delta,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 2),"Equivalent to an Ebb Tidal Delta, except that this delta occurs on the landward side of a tidal inlet (modified from Boothroyd et al. 1985; Davis 1994; Ritter et al. 1995). Flood tides transport sediment through the tidal inlet, over a flood ramp where currents slow and dissipate before entering the lagoon (Davis 1994). Generally, flood tidal deltas along microtidal coasts are multi-lobate and unaffected by ebbing currents (modified from Davis 1994).","Boothroyd, J. C., N. E. Friedrich, and S. R. McGinn. 1985. �Geology of Microtidal Coastal Lagoons: Rhode Island.� Marine Geology 63: 35�76.|Davis, R. A., Jr. 1994. �Barrier Island Systems�A Geologic Overview.� In Geology of Holocene Barrier Island Systems, 1�46. Edited by R. A. Davis. New York: Springer-Verlag.|Ritter, D. F., R. C. Kochel, and J. R. Miller. 1995. Process Geomorphology. 3rd ed. Dubuque, IA: Wm. C. Brown, Publishers.",1.1.0,G,g1.12.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000353,CMECS_00000353,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Delta,Flood Tidal Delta Slope,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 2),The sloping surfaces found at the edge of the tidal delta.,,1.1.0,G,g1.12.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000355,CMECS_00000355,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Delta,Levee Delta,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1 or Level 2),"A delta having the form of a long, narrow ridge that resembles a natural levee.",,1.1.0,G,g1.12.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000469,CMECS_00000469,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Delta Plain,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1),"The level (or nearly level) surface that makes up the landward part of a large delta; strictly, a flood plain characterized by repeated channel bifurcation and divergence, multiple distributary channels, and interdistributary flood basins.",,1.1.0,G,g1.13,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000231,CMECS_00000231,Original Unit,,, @@ -967,7 +967,7 @@ Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Diapir,Salt Dome,,CMECS Geoform Subco Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Dike,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 2),"A tabular, igneous intrusion that cuts across the bedding or foliation of the country rock. Dikes are often more resistant to erosion than the surrounding country rock, and dikes can form long ridges.",,1.1.0,G,g1.16,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000243,CMECS_00000243,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Drumlin,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 2),"Drumlins are products of the streamline (laminar) flow of glaciers, which molded the subglacial floor through a combination of erosion and deposition. A drumlin is a low, smooth, elongated-oval hill, mound, or ridge of compact till, which has a core of bedrock or drift. A drumlin usually has a blunt nose facing the direction from which the ice approached, and a gentler slope tapering in the other direction. The longest axis is parallel to the general direction of glacier flow.",,1.1.0,G,g1.17,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000264,CMECS_00000264,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Drumlin Field,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1),"Groups or clusters of closely spaced drumlins or drumlinoid ridges, distributed more or less en echelon, and commonly separated by small, marshy tracts or depressions (interdrumlins).",,1.1.0,G,g1.18,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000265,CMECS_00000265,Original Unit,,, -Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Dune Field,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1),"An assemblage of moving and/or stabilized dunes; sand plains; interdune areas; and the ponds, lakes, or swamps produced by the blocking of waterways by migrating dunes (U.S. Department of Agriculture 2008).","U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. 2008. “Glossary of Landform and Geologic Terms.” National Soil Survey Handbook (NSSH), 629–685. Title 430-VI. U.S. Department of Agriculture. http://soils.usda.gov/technical/handbook/.",1.1.0,G,g1.19,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000267,CMECS_00000267,Original Unit,,, +Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Dune Field,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1),"An assemblage of moving and/or stabilized dunes; sand plains; interdune areas; and the ponds, lakes, or swamps produced by the blocking of waterways by migrating dunes (U.S. Department of Agriculture 2008).","U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. 2008. �Glossary of Landform and Geologic Terms.� National Soil Survey Handbook (NSSH), 629�685. Title 430-VI. U.S. Department of Agriculture. http://soils.usda.gov/technical/handbook/.",1.1.0,G,g1.19,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000267,CMECS_00000267,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Dune,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 2),An active accumulation of sand (formed by wind action) with some elevation; dunes occur on a beach or further inland.,,1.1.0,G,g1.20,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000266,CMECS_00000266,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Fan,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1 or Level 2),"A low, outspread gently to steeply sloping mass of loose material, which is shaped like an open fan or a segment of a cone. Fans are made of material deposited by a flow of water at the place where it issues from a narrower or steeper gradient area into a broader area, valley, flat, or other feature.",,1.1.0,G,g1.21,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000333,CMECS_00000333,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Fan,Alluvial Fan,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1),"A low, outspread, relatively flat (or gently sloping) mass of loose rock material, shaped like an open fan or a segment of a cone. The rock material was deposited by flowing water where it issues from a narrow valley or where the gradient abruptly changes. Alluvial fans are usually steeper than the surrounding surface.",,1.1.0,G,g1.21.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000011,CMECS_00000011,Original Unit,,, @@ -977,10 +977,10 @@ Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Fan,Washover Fan,,CMECS Geoform Subco Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Flat,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1 or Level 2),A general term for a level (or nearly level) surface or area of land marked by little or no relief; flats are often composed of unconsolidated sediments (such as mud or sand). These forms are more commonly encountered in the intertidal or in the shallow subtidal zones (see Figure 6.2).,,1.1.0,G,g1.22,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000352,CMECS_00000352,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Flat,Back Barrier Flat,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1),"A subaerial, gently sloping landform on the lagoon side of the barrier beach ridge. These flats are composed predominantly of sand washed over (or through) the beach ridge during tidal surges (modified from Jackson 1997).","Jackson, J. A., ed. 1997. Glossary of Geology. Alexandria, VA: American Geological Institute.",1.1.0,G,g1.22.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000070,CMECS_00000070,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Flat,Barrier Flat,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1),"A relatively flat, low-lying area that is separating the exposed (or seaward) edge of a barrier beach or barrier island from the lagoon behind it. Barrier flats commonly include pools of water, and may be barren or vegetated. These flats are an assemblage of both deflation flats left behind migrating dunes and/or storm washover sediments.",,1.1.0,G,g1.22.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000081,CMECS_00000081,Original Unit,,, -Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Flat,Ebb Tidal Delta Flat,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 2),"The relatively flat, dominant component of the ebb tidal delta. At extreme low tide, this landform may be exposed for a relatively short period (U.S. Department of Agriculture 2008).","U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. 2008. “Glossary of Landform and Geologic Terms.” National Soil Survey Handbook (NSSH), 629–685. Title 430-VI. U.S. Department of Agriculture. http://soils.usda.gov/technical/handbook/.",1.1.0,G,g1.22.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000274,CMECS_00000274,Original Unit,,, -Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Flat,Flood Tidal Delta Flat,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 2),"The relatively flat, dominant component of the flood tidal delta. At extreme low tide, this landform may be exposed for a relatively short period (U.S. Department of Agriculture 2008).","U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. 2008. “Glossary of Landform and Geologic Terms.” National Soil Survey Handbook (NSSH), 629–685. Title 430-VI. U.S. Department of Agriculture. http://soils.usda.gov/technical/handbook/.",1.1.0,G,g1.22.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000354,CMECS_00000354,Original Unit,,, +Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Flat,Ebb Tidal Delta Flat,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 2),"The relatively flat, dominant component of the ebb tidal delta. At extreme low tide, this landform may be exposed for a relatively short period (U.S. Department of Agriculture 2008).","U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. 2008. �Glossary of Landform and Geologic Terms.� National Soil Survey Handbook (NSSH), 629�685. Title 430-VI. U.S. Department of Agriculture. http://soils.usda.gov/technical/handbook/.",1.1.0,G,g1.22.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000274,CMECS_00000274,Original Unit,,, +Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Flat,Flood Tidal Delta Flat,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 2),"The relatively flat, dominant component of the flood tidal delta. At extreme low tide, this landform may be exposed for a relatively short period (U.S. Department of Agriculture 2008).","U.S. Department of Agriculture, Natural Resources Conservation Service. 2008. �Glossary of Landform and Geologic Terms.� National Soil Survey Handbook (NSSH), 629�685. Title 430-VI. U.S. Department of Agriculture. http://soils.usda.gov/technical/handbook/.",1.1.0,G,g1.22.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000354,CMECS_00000354,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Flat,Tidal Flat,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1 or Level 2),"An extensive, nearly horizontal, barren (or sparsely vegetated) tract of land that is alternately covered and uncovered by the tide. Tidal flats consist of unconsolidated sediment (mostly clays, silts and/or sand, and organic materials).",,1.1.0,G,g1.22.5,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000830,CMECS_00000830,Original Unit,,, -Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Flat,Washover Fan Flat,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1),"A gently sloping, fan-like, subaqueous landform created by overwash from storm surges that transports sediment from the seaward side to the landward side of a barrier island (Jackson 1997). Sediment is carried through temporary overwash channels that cut through the dune complex on the barrier spit (Fisher and Simpson 1979; Boothroyd et al. 1985; Davis 1994) and spill out onto the lagoon-side platform, where they coalesce to form a broad belt. Also called Storm-Surge Platform Flat (Boothroyd et al. 1985) and Washover Fan Apron (Jackson 1997).","Jackson, J. A., ed. 1997. Glossary of Geology. Alexandria, VA: American Geological Institute.|Fisher, J. J., and E. J. Simpson. 1979. “Washover and Tidal Sedimentation Rates as Environmental Factors in Development of a Transgressive Barrier Shoreline.” In Barrier Islands from the Gulf of St. Lawrence to Gulf of Mexico, 127–148. Edited by S. P. Leatherman. New York: Academic Press.|Boothroyd, J. C., N. E. Friedrich, and S. R. McGinn. 1985. “Geology of Microtidal Coastal Lagoons: Rhode Island.” Marine Geology 63: 35–76.|Davis, R. A., Jr. 1994. “Barrier Island Systems—A Geologic Overview.” In Geology of Holocene Barrier Island Systems, 1–46. Edited by R. A. Davis. New York: Springer-Verlag.",1.1.0,G,g1.22.6,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000892,CMECS_00000892,Original Unit,,, +Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Flat,Washover Fan Flat,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1),"A gently sloping, fan-like, subaqueous landform created by overwash from storm surges that transports sediment from the seaward side to the landward side of a barrier island (Jackson 1997). Sediment is carried through temporary overwash channels that cut through the dune complex on the barrier spit (Fisher and Simpson 1979; Boothroyd et al. 1985; Davis 1994) and spill out onto the lagoon-side platform, where they coalesce to form a broad belt. Also called Storm-Surge Platform Flat (Boothroyd et al. 1985) and Washover Fan Apron (Jackson 1997).","Jackson, J. A., ed. 1997. Glossary of Geology. Alexandria, VA: American Geological Institute.|Fisher, J. J., and E. J. Simpson. 1979. �Washover and Tidal Sedimentation Rates as Environmental Factors in Development of a Transgressive Barrier Shoreline.� In Barrier Islands from the Gulf of St. Lawrence to Gulf of Mexico, 127�148. Edited by S. P. Leatherman. New York: Academic Press.|Boothroyd, J. C., N. E. Friedrich, and S. R. McGinn. 1985. �Geology of Microtidal Coastal Lagoons: Rhode Island.� Marine Geology 63: 35�76.|Davis, R. A., Jr. 1994. �Barrier Island Systems�A Geologic Overview.� In Geology of Holocene Barrier Island Systems, 1�46. Edited by R. A. Davis. New York: Springer-Verlag.",1.1.0,G,g1.22.6,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000892,CMECS_00000892,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Flat,Wind Tidal Flat,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1),"A broad, low-lying, nearly level sand flat that is alternately flooded by ponded rainwater or inundated by wind-driven marine and estuarine waters. Salinity fluctuations and prolonged periods of exposure preclude establishment of most types of vegetation (except for mats of filamentous blue-green algae).",,1.1.0,G,g1.22.7,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000911,CMECS_00000911,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Fluviomarine Deposit,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1 or Level 2),"Stratified materials (clay, silt, sand, or gravel) formed by both marine and fluvial processes, resulting from non-tidal sea-level fluctuations, subsidence, and/or stream migration (e.g., materials originally deposited in a nearshore environment and subsequently reworked by fluvial processes as the sea level fell).",,1.1.0,G,g1.23,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000360,CMECS_00000360,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Fracture,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1 or Level 2),A crack or split formed in a rock or bedrock as a result of local erosion or rock stress; they are not due to tectonic actions (which form larger faults and fracture zones).,,1.1.0,G,g1.24,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000367,CMECS_00000367,Original Unit,,, @@ -1013,11 +1013,11 @@ Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Moraine,Terminal Moraine,,CMECS Geofo Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Mound/Hummock,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1 or Level 2),"A low, rounded, natural hill of unspecified origin, which is generally less than 3 meters high and composed of earthy material.",,1.1.0,G,g1.39,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001528,CMECS_00001528,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Mound/Hummock,Tar Mound,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 2),"A mound of extruded tar (or other viscous hydrocarbons) on the seafloor that has some relief above the surrounding bottom. Tar mounds in southern California are typically 10 - 100 meters in diameter and can coalesce to form tar reefs. Over time, tar mounds can come to support a diversity of colonizing organisms (Lorenson et al. 2009).","Lorenson, T. D., F. D. Hostettler, R. J. Rosenbauer, K. E. Peters, K. A. Kvenvolden, J. A. Dougherty, C. E. Gutmacher, F. L. Wong, and W. R. Normark. 2009. Natural Offshore Seepage and Related Tarball Accumulation on the California Coastline; Santa Barbara Channel and the Southern Santa Maria Basin; Source Identification and Inventory. U.S. Geological Survey Open-File Report 2009-1225 and Minerals Management Service report 2009-030.",1.1.0,G,g1.39.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000816,CMECS_00000816,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Mud Volcano,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 2),An accumulation (usually conical in shape) of mud and rock formed by volcanic gases; may also refer to a similar accumulation formed by escaping petroliferous gases (Bates and Jackson 1984) (see Figure 6.3).,"Bates, R. L., and J. A. Jackson, eds. 1984. Dictionary of Geological Terms. 3rd ed. Garden City, NY: Anchor Press.",1.1.0,G,g1.40,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000577,CMECS_00000577,Original Unit,,, -Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Natural Levee,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1),"An embankment of sediment, bordering one or both sides of a submarine canyon, fan valley, deep-sea channel, river, or other feature. A natural levee has a long, broad, low shape and is composed of sand and coarse silt, which was built by a stream on its flood plain and along both sides of its channel—especially in time of flood when water overflowing the normal banks is forced to deposit the coarsest part of its load. It has a gentle slope away from the river and toward the surrounding floodplain, and its highest elevation is closest to the river bank.",,1.1.0,G,g1.41,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000588,CMECS_00000588,Original Unit,,, +Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Natural Levee,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1),"An embankment of sediment, bordering one or both sides of a submarine canyon, fan valley, deep-sea channel, river, or other feature. A natural levee has a long, broad, low shape and is composed of sand and coarse silt, which was built by a stream on its flood plain and along both sides of its channel�especially in time of flood when water overflowing the normal banks is forced to deposit the coarsest part of its load. It has a gentle slope away from the river and toward the surrounding floodplain, and its highest elevation is closest to the river bank.",,1.1.0,G,g1.41,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000588,CMECS_00000588,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Natural Levee,Lava Levee,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1),"The scoriaceous sheets of lava that overflowed their natural channels and solidified to form a levee, similar to levees formed by an overflowing stream of water.",,1.1.0,G,g1.41.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000465,CMECS_00000465,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Overhang (Cliff),,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1 or Level 2),"A rock mass jutting out from a slope, especially the upper part or edge of an eroded cliff projecting out over the lower, undercut part (as above a wave-cut notch). Generally these are characterized as having a slope greater than 90 degrees.",,1.1.0,G,g1.42,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001538,CMECS_00001538,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Panne,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 2),"Shallow depressions or flats, often occurring in and adjacent to marshes in the high intertidal that zone that receive saltwater inflow on an infrequent basis. They often are unvegetated and can have encrustations of salt left by evaporation.",,1.1.0,G,g1.43,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000624,CMECS_00000624,Original Unit,,, -Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Pavement Area,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1 or Level 2),"Flat (or gently sloping), low-relief, solid, carbonate rock with little or no fine-scale rugosity. These areas can be covered with algae, hard coral, gorgonians, zooanthids, or other sessile vertebrates; the coverage may be dense enough to partially obscure the underlying surface. On less colonized pavement features, rock may be covered by a thin sand veneer (Kendall et al. 2001).","Kendall, M. S., J. D. Christensen, and Z. Hillis-Starr. 2003. “Multi-Scale Data Used to Analyze the Spatial Distribution of French Grunts, Haemulon flavolineatum, Relative to Hard and Soft Bottom in a Benthic Landscape.” Environmental Biology of Fishes 66: 19–26.",1.1.0,G,g1.44,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000632,CMECS_00000632,Original Unit,,, +Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Pavement Area,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1 or Level 2),"Flat (or gently sloping), low-relief, solid, carbonate rock with little or no fine-scale rugosity. These areas can be covered with algae, hard coral, gorgonians, zooanthids, or other sessile vertebrates; the coverage may be dense enough to partially obscure the underlying surface. On less colonized pavement features, rock may be covered by a thin sand veneer (Kendall et al. 2001).","Kendall, M. S., J. D. Christensen, and Z. Hillis-Starr. 2003. �Multi-Scale Data Used to Analyze the Spatial Distribution of French Grunts, Haemulon flavolineatum, Relative to Hard and Soft Bottom in a Benthic Landscape.� Environmental Biology of Fishes 66: 19�26.",1.1.0,G,g1.44,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000632,CMECS_00000632,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Platform,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1 or Level 2),"Any level or nearly level surface, ranging in size from a terrace or bench to a plateau defined by slopes around its edges.",,1.1.0,G,g1.45,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000650,CMECS_00000650,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Platform,Wave-Cut Platform,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1),"A gently sloping surface produced by wave erosion, which extends into the sea or lake from the base of the wave-cut cliff. When subaqueous, they are relict, erosional landforms that originally formed as a wave-cut bench and abrasion platform (from coastal wave erosion), which were later submerged by rising sea level or subsiding land surface (modified from Jackson 1997).","Jackson, J. A., ed. 1997. Glossary of Geology. Alexandria, VA: American Geological Institute.",1.1.0,G,g1.45.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000901,CMECS_00000901,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Pockmark Field,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1),An area of the seafloor dominated by many pockmarks.,,1.1.0,G,g1.46,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000653,CMECS_00000653,Original Unit,,, @@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Ridge,Beach Ridge,,CMECS Geoform Subc Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Ridge,Esker,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1 or Level 2),"A long, narrow, sinuous, steep-sided ridge composed of irregularly stratified sand and gravel that was deposited as the bed of a stream flowing in a subglacial ice tunnel (within or below the ice) or between ice walls on top of the ice of a wasting glacier. Eskers remain behind as high ground when the glacier melts. Eskers range in length from less than a kilometer to more than 160 kilometers, and the height range is 3 - 30 meters.",,1.1.0,G,g1.48.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000296,CMECS_00000296,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Ripples,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 2),"Small, linear structures that form as a result of water movement over unconsolidated sediments. The shape and pattern of the ripples provide indications of the general water movement regime in the area. Ripples can be straight, sinuous, catenary, or linguoid.",,1.1.0,G,g1.49,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000680,CMECS_00000680,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Rock Outcrop,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1 or Level 2),An area where bedrock is exposed at the earth's surface.,,1.1.0,G,g1.50,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000683,CMECS_00000683,Original Unit,,, -Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Rock Outcrop,Authigenic Carbonate Outcrop,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1 or Level 2),"These outcrops result from the slow seepage of fluid containing dissolved carbon. They form pavements, chimneys, and rings, donuts, or slabs (Stakes et al. 1999).","Stakes et al. 1999. “Cold-Seeps and Authigenic Carbonate Formation in Monterey Bay, California.” Marine Geology 159 (1-4): 93–109.",1.1.0,G,g1.50.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000069,CMECS_00000069,Original Unit,,, +Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Rock Outcrop,Authigenic Carbonate Outcrop,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform Type (Level 1 or Level 2),"These outcrops result from the slow seepage of fluid containing dissolved carbon. They form pavements, chimneys, and rings, donuts, or slabs (Stakes et al. 1999).","Stakes et al. 1999. �Cold-Seeps and Authigenic Carbonate Formation in Monterey Bay, California.� Marine Geology 159 (1-4): 93�109.",1.1.0,G,g1.50.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000069,CMECS_00000069,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Rubble Field,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1),A loose mass of angular rock fragments. These can occur both on land and underwater.,,1.1.0,G,g1.51,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000687,CMECS_00000687,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Runnel/Rill,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 2),"A small, transient channel carrying the water of a wave after it breaks on a beach. They can also be formed by tidal ebb or runoff (following moderate rains or ice/snow melts). Larger runnels can have steep sides.",,1.1.0,G,g1.52,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001563,CMECS_00001563,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Geologic Geoform,Sediment Wave Field,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Geologic Geoform (Level 1 or Level 2),"An area of wave-like bedforms in sand or other unconsolidated material which are formed by the action of tides, currents, or waves. These bedforms range from centimeters to meters in size and may be superimposed on larger features. Sand waves lack the deep scour associated with dunes or megaripples (Bates and Jackson 1984).","Bates, R. L., and J. A. Jackson, eds. 1984. Dictionary of Geological Terms. 3rd ed. Garden City, NY: Anchor Press.",1.1.0,G,g1.53,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000726,CMECS_00000726,Original Unit,,, @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ Geoform Component,Geoform,Biogenic Geoform,Mollusk Reef,Fringing Mollusk Reef,,C Geoform Component,Geoform,Biogenic Geoform,Mollusk Reef,Linear Mollusk Reef,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Biogenic Geoform Type (Level 2),"Narrow straight or sinuous, ridge-like reefs formed primarily by oysters but also by other mollusks. These are also usually intertidal. Examples of this type of reef can be found in areas with small tidal ranges such as Apalachicola Bay and Nueces Bay, Texas (see Figure 6.6).",,1.1.0,G,g2.3.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000472,CMECS_00000472,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Biogenic Geoform,Mollusk Reef,Patch Mollusk Reef,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Biogenic Geoform Type (Level 2),"Mounded, generally round or lobate reefs that have some vertical relief above the surrounding substrate. These are usually intertidal, but they can occur in subtidal settings (see Figure 6.7).",,1.1.0,G,g2.3.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000630,CMECS_00000630,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Biogenic Geoform,Mollusk Reef,Washed Shell Mound,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Biogenic Geoform Type (Level 2),"Generally linear accumulations of dead shell that form high in the intertidal zone along tidal creeks and on the landward side of barrier islands. The shells are loose, and they are usually bleached by the sun- giving them a bright appearance (see Figure 6.8).",,1.1.0,G,g2.3.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000890,CMECS_00000890,Original Unit,,, -Geoform Component,Geoform,Biogenic Geoform,Deep/Cold-Water Coral Reef,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Biogenic Geoform (Level 1 or Level 2),"Reefs formed by deep-water azooxanthellate (i.e., lacking symbiotic algae), stony corals (Order Scleractinia). Aggregations of these colonial corals can form structures that range from small patch reefs that are several meters across, to large reefs and giant carbonate mounds up to 300 meters high and several kilometers in diameter; these reefs form over many thousands to millions of years (Roberts, Wheeler, and Freiwald 2006).","Roberts, J. M., A. J. Wheeler, and A. Freiwald. 2006. “Reefs of the Deep: The Biology and Geology of Cold-Water Coral Ecosystems.” Science 213: 543–547.",1.1.0,G,g2.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001431,CMECS_00001431,Original Unit,,, +Geoform Component,Geoform,Biogenic Geoform,Deep/Cold-Water Coral Reef,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Biogenic Geoform (Level 1 or Level 2),"Reefs formed by deep-water azooxanthellate (i.e., lacking symbiotic algae), stony corals (Order Scleractinia). Aggregations of these colonial corals can form structures that range from small patch reefs that are several meters across, to large reefs and giant carbonate mounds up to 300 meters high and several kilometers in diameter; these reefs form over many thousands to millions of years (Roberts, Wheeler, and Freiwald 2006).","Roberts, J. M., A. J. Wheeler, and A. Freiwald. 2006. �Reefs of the Deep: The Biology and Geology of Cold-Water Coral Ecosystems.� Science 213: 543�547.",1.1.0,G,g2.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001431,CMECS_00001431,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Biogenic Geoform,Deep/Cold-Water Coral Reef,Biogenic Deep Coral Reef,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Biogenic Geoform Type (Level 1 or Level 2),"Persistent structures, formed by deep-water corals, whose growth exceeds (bio) erosion. These reefs result in local topographic highs that alter hydrodynamic and sedimentary regimes. The actual reef structure remains, often with the growing reefs on their crest or side. The coral thickets and skeletal remains trap sediments, contributing to the accretion of the reef (Roberts et al. 2009).","Roberts, J.M., A. Wheeler, A. Freiwald, and S. Cairns, S. 2009. Cold-Water Corals: the Biology and Geology of Deep-Sea Coral Habitats. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.",1.1.0,G,g2.4.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000099,CMECS_00000099,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Biogenic Geoform,Deep/Cold-Water Coral Reef,Deep Coral Carbonate Mound,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Biogenic Geoform Type (Level 1 or Level 2),"Topographic seafloor structures that are the result of previous periods of coral growth, often with successive periods of reef development, sedimentation, and erosion. These are elevated structures, composed of coral fossils and accumulated interstitial sediments. This type includes structures variously referred to as carbonate knolls, coral banks, bio-buildups, and lithoherms. Coral carbonate mounds can take on various shapes and sizes, reaching tens of meters in height and tens of kilometers in size. They may or may not currently include biogenic reefs (Roberts et al. 2009).","Roberts, J.M., A. Wheeler, A. Freiwald, and S. Cairns, S. 2009. Cold-Water Corals: the Biology and Geology of Deep-Sea Coral Habitats. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.",1.1.0,G,g2.4.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000228,CMECS_00000228,Original Unit,,, Geoform Component,Geoform,Biogenic Geoform,Shallow/Mesophotic Coral Reef,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Biogenic Geoform (Level 1 or Level 2),Light-dependent coral reefs that occur within the photic zone (the mesophotic reefs occur in the lower part of this zone at depths of 30 - 150 meters). (http://www.mesophotic.org).,,1.1.0,G,g2.5,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001571,CMECS_00001571,Original Unit,,, @@ -1149,15 +1149,15 @@ Geoform Component,Geoform,Anthropogenic Geoform,Wind Energy Structure,,,CMECS Ge Geoform Component,Geoform,Anthropogenic Geoform,Wreck,,,CMECS Geoform Subcomponent: Anthropogenic Geoform (Level 2),"Any of a variety of man-made structures (such as sunken ships or collapsed drilling rigs) that have fallen to the seafloor. They may be either completely or partially submerged. Wrecks often provide valuable habitat for attaching organisms or fish, but they may also leach contaminants into the environment.",,1.1.0,G,g3.38,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000920,CMECS_00000920,Original Unit,,, Substrate Component,,,,,,CMECS Component: Substrate ,"Substrate is defined in the Coastal and Marine Ecological Classification Standard (CMECS) as the non-living materials that form an aquatic bottom or seafloor, or that provide a surface (e.g., floating objects, buoys) for growth of attached biota. Substrate may be composed of any substance, natural or man-made. Describing the composition of the substrate is a fundamental part of any ecological classification scheme. Substrate provides context and setting for many aquatic processes, and it provides living space for benthic and attached biota. The Substrate Component (Section 7, p. 98, FGDC-STD-018-2012) is a characterization of the composition and particle size of the surface layers of the substrate; this component is designed to be compatible with a range of sampling tools. The Substrate Component provides guidance to characterize the layers of substrate that support the majority of multicellular life (the upper layer of hard substrate, or (typically) the upper 15 centimeters of soft substrate) in a way that is consistent with a variety of past practices. The Substrate Component and the Biotic Component (Section 8, p. 119, FGDC-STD-018-2012) describe the non-living (Substrate) and living (Biotic) aspects of a plan-view perspective of the seafloor at comparable scales. -Substrate Component observational unit scales range from sediment corers or grabs, to sediment profile or plan-view photographs of the seafloor, to defined quadrats or transects, to video clips, to high-resolution acoustic images. At larger scales, the structure, shape, and surface pattern of the substrate are described by the Geoform Component (Section 6, p. 60, FGDC-STD-018-2012).","FGDC (Federal Geographic Data Committee), Marine and Coastal Spatial Data Subcommittee. 2012. FGDC-STD-018-2012. “Coastal and Marine Ecological Classification Standard.” Reston, VA. Federal Geographic Data Committee.",1.1.0,S,None,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000803,CMECS_00000803,Original Unit,Editorial Change (defintion re-worded),"For All Substrate Component Units: -CMECS does not prescribe metrics or methodologies for substrate analysis or interpretation at this time. Classifications throughout the Substrate Component may be based on visual percent cover for plan-view images or metrics such as percent weight, or percent composition for other approaches (e.g., retrieved samples).|CMECS components are intended to be scale-independent and method-independent; the reported scale of substrate “patchiness” is determined by the scale of observation, and so is somewhat method-dependent. To assist with comparability, practitioners should always report sampling gear, methods, units, scale of observation, and scale of reporting in project metadata. Data users should be aware of the methods that were used to collect and report data, and should make note of any data limitations that may exist.|Modifier terms (Section 7.6 and Section 10, FGDC-STD-018-2012) can be applied as needed to further describe substrate characteristics. Recommended modifiers for substrate units include: +Substrate Component observational unit scales range from sediment corers or grabs, to sediment profile or plan-view photographs of the seafloor, to defined quadrats or transects, to video clips, to high-resolution acoustic images. At larger scales, the structure, shape, and surface pattern of the substrate are described by the Geoform Component (Section 6, p. 60, FGDC-STD-018-2012).","FGDC (Federal Geographic Data Committee), Marine and Coastal Spatial Data Subcommittee. 2012. FGDC-STD-018-2012. �Coastal and Marine Ecological Classification Standard.� Reston, VA. Federal Geographic Data Committee.",1.1.0,S,None,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000803,CMECS_00000803,Original Unit,Editorial Change (defintion re-worded),"For All Substrate Component Units: +CMECS does not prescribe metrics or methodologies for substrate analysis or interpretation at this time. Classifications throughout the Substrate Component may be based on visual percent cover for plan-view images or metrics such as percent weight, or percent composition for other approaches (e.g., retrieved samples).|CMECS components are intended to be scale-independent and method-independent; the reported scale of substrate �patchiness� is determined by the scale of observation, and so is somewhat method-dependent. To assist with comparability, practitioners should always report sampling gear, methods, units, scale of observation, and scale of reporting in project metadata. Data users should be aware of the methods that were used to collect and report data, and should make note of any data limitations that may exist.|Modifier terms (Section 7.6 and Section 10, FGDC-STD-018-2012) can be applied as needed to further describe substrate characteristics. Recommended modifiers for substrate units include: Anthropogenic Impact, aRPD and RPD Depth, Benthic Depth Zones, Co-occurring Elements, Coral Reef Zone, Energy Intensity, Induration, Percent Cover (Fine), Mineral Precipitate, Percent Cover (Coarse), Seafloor Rugosity, Small-Scale Slope, Substrate Descriptor, Substrate Layering, Surface Pattern, Temporal Persistence.|The Co-occurring Elements Modifier (see Section 10.6.2, p. 213, FGDC-STD-018-2012) may be used to describe mixes of origins as well as the presence of secondary substrate units within the observational unit (i.e., image frame, sampling grid cell, etc.).", -Substrate Component,Geologic Substrate,,,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Origin,"Benthic substrates where sufficient evidence shows that Geologic Substrate exceeds (is dominant over) both Biogenic and Anthropogenic Substrates, considered separately. Geologic Substrates are composed of consolidated igneous, metamorphic, or sedimentary rock or finer, unconsolidated particles and are classified according to particle size and mixes of particle sizes. When Geologic Substrate is present, but does not constitute the dominant substrate origin, it may be included as a Co-occurring Element.",,1.1.0,S,1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000389,CMECS_00000389,Original Unit,Editorial Change (defintion re-worded),"Substrate Origin describes the genesis of the substrate, not the process by which it is emplaced. If the Substrate Origin cannot be definitively determined, the analyst may opt to use “Indeterminate” in place of Origin type and use the Geologic Origin units for further classification.", +Substrate Component,Geologic Substrate,,,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Origin,"Benthic substrates where sufficient evidence shows that Geologic Substrate exceeds (is dominant over) both Biogenic and Anthropogenic Substrates, considered separately. Geologic Substrates are composed of consolidated igneous, metamorphic, or sedimentary rock or finer, unconsolidated particles and are classified according to particle size and mixes of particle sizes. When Geologic Substrate is present, but does not constitute the dominant substrate origin, it may be included as a Co-occurring Element.",,1.1.0,S,1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000389,CMECS_00000389,Original Unit,Editorial Change (defintion re-worded),"Substrate Origin describes the genesis of the substrate, not the process by which it is emplaced. If the Substrate Origin cannot be definitively determined, the analyst may opt to use �Indeterminate� in place of Origin type and use the Geologic Origin units for further classification.", Substrate Component,Geologic Substrate,Consolidated Mineral Substrate,,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Class,"Igneous, metamorphic, or sedimentary rock with particle sizes greater than or equal to 4.0 meters (4,096 millimeters) in any dimension that cover 50% or greater of the Geologic Substrate surface.",,1.1.0,S,1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000684,CMECS_00000684,Original Unit,Name Change,"Depending on the sampling method used and scale of the observational unit, classifying larger features may require extrapolating information from surrounding observations or additional studies. The Geoform Component may also be used to extend the substrate classification for such features (p. 227, FGDC-STD-018-2012). |See Also: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units", Substrate Component,Geologic Substrate,Consolidated Mineral Substrate,Bedrock,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Subclass,Substrate with mostly continuous formations of bedrock that cover 50% or more of the Geologic Substrate surface.,,1.1.0,S,1.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000094,CMECS_00000094,Original Unit,,"Depending on the sampling method used and scale of the observational unit, classifying larger features may require extrapolating information from surrounding observations or additional studies. The Geoform Component may also be used to extend the substrate classification for such features (p. 227, FGDC-STD-018-2012). |See Also: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units", Substrate Component,Geologic Substrate,Consolidated Mineral Substrate,Megaclast,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Subclass,"Substrate where individual rocks with particle sizes greater than or equal to 4.0 meters (4,096 millimeters) in any dimension cover 50% or more of the Geologic Substrate surface.",,1.1.0,S,1.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000528,CMECS_00000528,Original Unit,,"Depending on the sampling method used and scale of the observational unit, classifying larger features may require extrapolating information from surrounding observations or additional studies. The Geoform Component may also be used to extend the substrate classification for such features (p. 227, FGDC-STD-018-2012). |See Also: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units", Substrate Component,Geologic Substrate,Consolidated Mineral Substrate,Tar,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Subclass,"Substrate dominated by tar, asphalt, or other hydrocarbon material that has extruded onto the seafloor. This material has cooled from a semi-liquid state and now forms a potential attachment surface for biota. This substrate is usually associated with seeps, tar mounds, or tar lilly geoforms.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001666,CMECS_00001666,Original Unit,Addition,"Depending on the sampling method used and scale of the observational unit, classifying larger features may require extrapolating information from surrounding observations or additional studies. The Geoform Component may also be used to extend the substrate classification for such features (p. 227, FGDC-STD-018-2012). |See Also: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units", -Substrate Component,Geologic Substrate,Coarse Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate,,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Class,"Geologic Unconsolidated Mineral Substrates with less than 50% cover of Consolidated Mineral Substrate where the Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate surface is greater than or equal to than 5% Gravel (particles 2 millimeters to < 4,096 millimeters in diameter).","Folk, R.L., 1954. “The Distinction between Grain Size and Mineral Composition in Sedimentary-Rock Nomenclature.” The Journal of Geology 62: 344-359.",1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000167,CMECS_00000167,Derived Unit,Name change|Change in level up|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),"When classifying mixes of two different Gravel Subgroup particle sizes, use combinations of the Subgroup unit names with the overall dominant size first. Examples: Boulder-Cobble, Cobble-Boulder, Cobble-Granule, Pebble-Granule, Granule-Boulder.|Due to the importance of different particle sizes of Gravel as habitat for many organisms, Gravel subgroup particle sizes (Boulder, Cobble, Pebble, Granule) must be identified whenever particle sizes are known or can be estimated within any mix and at any level of classification. Examples: Gravel Mixes -> Pebble Mixes, Muddy Sandy Gravel -> Muddy Sandy Cobble, Gravelly Sand -> Bouldery Sand|When classifying Mixes, or when there is a need to identify specific particle sizes beyond the Subgroup definitions, the Subgroup terms for the Gravel Group (Boulder, Cobble, Pebble, Granule), Sand Group (Very Coarse Sand, Coarse Sand, Medium Sand, Fine, Sand, Very Fine Sand), and Mud Group (Silt, Silt-Clay, Clay) may optionally be substituted for the Group term. Examples: Muddy Sandy Gravel -> Silty Sandy Gravel, Slightly Gravelly Sandy Mud -> Slightly Gravelly Sandy Clay, Gravelly Muddy Sand -> Gravelly Muddy Coarse Sand, Slightly Gravelly Sand -> Slightly Gravelly Medium Sand.","Getting Started: If Gravel particles make up > 80% of the substrate, continue classifying using the Gravel Substrate subclass units.|If Gravel particles make up greater than or equal to 5% but < 80%, continue classifying using the Mixed Gravel subclass units.|If Gravel particles make up 0.01% to < 5% continue classifying using the Trace Gravel subclass within the Fine Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate class.|The CMECS Coarse, Mixed, and Fine Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate Classes and subordinate units use Folk (1954) terminology to describe particle sizes of loose mineral substrates as shown in the ternary diagram in Figure 7.2 . Units with bracketed letters, e.g., [G], [(g)sM], correspond to the labeled polygons in Figure 7.2, using conventions from Folk (1954)." +Substrate Component,Geologic Substrate,Coarse Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate,,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Class,"Geologic Unconsolidated Mineral Substrates with less than 50% cover of Consolidated Mineral Substrate where the Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate surface is greater than or equal to than 5% Gravel (particles 2 millimeters to < 4,096 millimeters in diameter).","Folk, R.L., 1954. �The Distinction between Grain Size and Mineral Composition in Sedimentary-Rock Nomenclature.� The Journal of Geology 62: 344-359.",1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000167,CMECS_00000167,Derived Unit,Name change|Change in level up|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),"When classifying mixes of two different Gravel Subgroup particle sizes, use combinations of the Subgroup unit names with the overall dominant size first. Examples: Boulder-Cobble, Cobble-Boulder, Cobble-Granule, Pebble-Granule, Granule-Boulder.|Due to the importance of different particle sizes of Gravel as habitat for many organisms, Gravel subgroup particle sizes (Boulder, Cobble, Pebble, Granule) must be identified whenever particle sizes are known or can be estimated within any mix and at any level of classification. Examples: Gravel Mixes -> Pebble Mixes, Muddy Sandy Gravel -> Muddy Sandy Cobble, Gravelly Sand -> Bouldery Sand|When classifying Mixes, or when there is a need to identify specific particle sizes beyond the Subgroup definitions, the Subgroup terms for the Gravel Group (Boulder, Cobble, Pebble, Granule), Sand Group (Very Coarse Sand, Coarse Sand, Medium Sand, Fine, Sand, Very Fine Sand), and Mud Group (Silt, Silt-Clay, Clay) may optionally be substituted for the Group term. Examples: Muddy Sandy Gravel -> Silty Sandy Gravel, Slightly Gravelly Sandy Mud -> Slightly Gravelly Sandy Clay, Gravelly Muddy Sand -> Gravelly Muddy Coarse Sand, Slightly Gravelly Sand -> Slightly Gravelly Medium Sand.","Getting Started: If Gravel particles make up > 80% of the substrate, continue classifying using the Gravel Substrate subclass units.|If Gravel particles make up greater than or equal to 5% but < 80%, continue classifying using the Mixed Gravel subclass units.|If Gravel particles make up 0.01% to < 5% continue classifying using the Trace Gravel subclass within the Fine Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate class.|The CMECS Coarse, Mixed, and Fine Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate Classes and subordinate units use Folk (1954) terminology to describe particle sizes of loose mineral substrates as shown in the ternary diagram in Figure 7.2 . Units with bracketed letters, e.g., [G], [(g)sM], correspond to the labeled polygons in Figure 7.2, using conventions from Folk (1954)." Substrate Component,Geologic Substrate,Coarse Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate,Gravel Substrate,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subclass,"Geologic Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate surface is greater than or equal to 80% Gravel, with a Gravel size of 2 millimeters to < 4,096 millimeters.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000393,CMECS_00000393,Derived Unit,Name Change|Change in level up|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),"When classifying mixes of two different Gravel Subgroup particle sizes, use combinations of the Subgroup unit names with the overall dominant size first. Examples: Boulder-Cobble, Cobble-Boulder, Cobble-Granule, Pebble-Granule, Granule-Boulder.|Due to the importance of different particle sizes of Gravel as habitat for many organisms, Gravel subgroup particle sizes (Boulder, Cobble, Pebble, Granule) must be identified whenever particle sizes are known or can be estimated within any mix and at any level of classification. Examples: Gravel Mixes -> Pebble Mixes, Muddy Sandy Gravel -> Muddy Sandy Cobble, Gravelly Sand -> Bouldery Sand|When classifying Mixes, or when there is a need to identify specific particle sizes beyond the Subgroup definitions, the Subgroup terms for the Gravel Group (Boulder, Cobble, Pebble, Granule), Sand Group (Very Coarse Sand, Coarse Sand, Medium Sand, Fine, Sand, Very Fine Sand), and Mud Group (Silt, Silt-Clay, Clay) may optionally be substituted for the Group term. Examples: Muddy Sandy Gravel -> Silty Sandy Gravel, Slightly Gravelly Sandy Mud -> Slightly Gravelly Sandy Clay, Gravelly Muddy Sand -> Gravelly Muddy Coarse Sand, Slightly Gravelly Sand -> Slightly Gravelly Medium Sand.","The CMECS Coarse, Mixed, and Fine Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate Classes and subordinate units use Folk (1954) terminology to describe particle sizes of loose mineral substrates as shown in the ternary diagram in Figure 7.2 . Units with bracketed letters, e.g., [G], [(g)sM], correspond to the labeled polygons in Figure 7.2, using conventions from Folk (1954)." Substrate Component,Geologic Substrate,Coarse Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate,Gravel Substrate,Very Coarse Gravel,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Geologic Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate surface is greater than or equal to 80% Gravel (particles 64 millimeters to < 4,096 millimeters diameter).",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001673,CMECS_00001673,Original Unit,Addition,"When classifying mixes of two different Gravel Subgroup particle sizes, use combinations of the Subgroup unit names with the overall dominant size first. Examples: Boulder-Cobble, Cobble-Boulder, Cobble-Granule, Pebble-Granule, Granule-Boulder.|Due to the importance of different particle sizes of Gravel as habitat for many organisms, Gravel subgroup particle sizes (Boulder, Cobble, Pebble, Granule) must be identified whenever particle sizes are known or can be estimated within any mix and at any level of classification. Examples: Gravel Mixes -> Pebble Mixes, Muddy Sandy Gravel -> Muddy Sandy Cobble, Gravelly Sand -> Bouldery Sand|When classifying Mixes, or when there is a need to identify specific particle sizes beyond the Subgroup definitions, the Subgroup terms for the Gravel Group (Boulder, Cobble, Pebble, Granule), Sand Group (Very Coarse Sand, Coarse Sand, Medium Sand, Fine, Sand, Very Fine Sand), and Mud Group (Silt, Silt-Clay, Clay) may optionally be substituted for the Group term. Examples: Muddy Sandy Gravel -> Silty Sandy Gravel, Slightly Gravelly Sandy Mud -> Slightly Gravelly Sandy Clay, Gravelly Muddy Sand -> Gravelly Muddy Coarse Sand, Slightly Gravelly Sand -> Slightly Gravelly Medium Sand.","The CMECS Coarse, Mixed, and Fine Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate Classes and subordinate units use Folk (1954) terminology to describe particle sizes of loose mineral substrates as shown in the ternary diagram in Figure 7.2 . Units with bracketed letters, e.g., [G], [(g)sM], correspond to the labeled polygons in Figure 7.2, using conventions from Folk (1954)." Substrate Component,Geologic Substrate,Coarse Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate,Gravel Substrate,Very Coarse Gravel,Boulder,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Geologic Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate surface is greater than or equal to 80% Gravel, with a Gravel size of 256 millimeters to < 4,096 millimeters.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000109,CMECS_00000109,Original Unit,Editorial Change (defintion re-worded),"When classifying mixes of two different Gravel Subgroup particle sizes, use combinations of the Subgroup unit names with the overall dominant size first. Examples: Boulder-Cobble, Cobble-Boulder, Cobble-Granule, Pebble-Granule, Granule-Boulder.|Due to the importance of different particle sizes of Gravel as habitat for many organisms, Gravel subgroup particle sizes (Boulder, Cobble, Pebble, Granule) must be identified whenever particle sizes are known or can be estimated within any mix and at any level of classification. Examples: Gravel Mixes -> Pebble Mixes, Muddy Sandy Gravel -> Muddy Sandy Cobble, Gravelly Sand -> Bouldery Sand|When classifying Mixes, or when there is a need to identify specific particle sizes beyond the Subgroup definitions, the Subgroup terms for the Gravel Group (Boulder, Cobble, Pebble, Granule), Sand Group (Very Coarse Sand, Coarse Sand, Medium Sand, Fine, Sand, Very Fine Sand), and Mud Group (Silt, Silt-Clay, Clay) may optionally be substituted for the Group term. Examples: Muddy Sandy Gravel -> Silty Sandy Gravel, Slightly Gravelly Sandy Mud -> Slightly Gravelly Sandy Clay, Gravelly Muddy Sand -> Gravelly Muddy Coarse Sand, Slightly Gravelly Sand -> Slightly Gravelly Medium Sand.","The CMECS Coarse, Mixed, and Fine Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate Classes and subordinate units use Folk (1954) terminology to describe particle sizes of loose mineral substrates as shown in the ternary diagram in Figure 7.2 . Units with bracketed letters, e.g., [G], [(g)sM], correspond to the labeled polygons in Figure 7.2, using conventions from Folk (1954)." @@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@ Substrate Component,Geologic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate,Mud Substrate Component,Geologic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate,Muddy Substrate,Mud,Silt,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,Geologic Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate surface has no trace of Gravel and is < 10% Sand (particles 0.0625 millimeters to 2 millimeters in diameter); the remaining Silt-Clay mix is 67% or more Silt (particles 0.0040 millimeters to < 0.0625 millimeters in diameter).,,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000755,CMECS_00000755,Original Unit,Editorial Change (defintion re-worded),"When classifying mixes of two different Gravel Subgroup particle sizes, use combinations of the Subgroup unit names with the overall dominant size first. Examples: Boulder-Cobble, Cobble-Boulder, Cobble-Granule, Pebble-Granule, Granule-Boulder.|Due to the importance of different particle sizes of Gravel as habitat for many organisms, Gravel subgroup particle sizes (Boulder, Cobble, Pebble, Granule) must be identified whenever particle sizes are known or can be estimated within any mix and at any level of classification. Examples: Gravel Mixes -> Pebble Mixes, Muddy Sandy Gravel -> Muddy Sandy Cobble, Gravelly Sand -> Bouldery Sand|When classifying Mixes, or when there is a need to identify specific particle sizes beyond the Subgroup definitions, the Subgroup terms for the Gravel Group (Boulder, Cobble, Pebble, Granule), Sand Group (Very Coarse Sand, Coarse Sand, Medium Sand, Fine, Sand, Very Fine Sand), and Mud Group (Silt, Silt-Clay, Clay) may optionally be substituted for the Group term. Examples: Muddy Sandy Gravel -> Silty Sandy Gravel, Slightly Gravelly Sandy Mud -> Slightly Gravelly Sandy Clay, Gravelly Muddy Sand -> Gravelly Muddy Coarse Sand, Slightly Gravelly Sand -> Slightly Gravelly Medium Sand.","The CMECS Coarse, Mixed, and Fine Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate Classes and subordinate units use Folk (1954) terminology to describe particle sizes of loose mineral substrates as shown in the ternary diagram in Figure 7.2 . Units with bracketed letters, e.g., [G], [(g)sM], correspond to the labeled polygons in Figure 7.2, using conventions from Folk (1954)." Substrate Component,Geologic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate,Muddy Substrate,Mud,Silt-Clay,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,Geologic Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate surface has no trace of Gravel and is < 10% Sand (particles 0.0625 millimeters to 2 millimeters in diameter); the remaining Silt-Clay mix is < 33% to 67% Silt (particles 0.0040 millimeters to < 0.0625 millimeters in diameter).,,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000756,CMECS_00000756,Original Unit,Editorial Change (defintion re-worded),"When classifying mixes of two different Gravel Subgroup particle sizes, use combinations of the Subgroup unit names with the overall dominant size first. Examples: Boulder-Cobble, Cobble-Boulder, Cobble-Granule, Pebble-Granule, Granule-Boulder.|Due to the importance of different particle sizes of Gravel as habitat for many organisms, Gravel subgroup particle sizes (Boulder, Cobble, Pebble, Granule) must be identified whenever particle sizes are known or can be estimated within any mix and at any level of classification. Examples: Gravel Mixes -> Pebble Mixes, Muddy Sandy Gravel -> Muddy Sandy Cobble, Gravelly Sand -> Bouldery Sand|When classifying Mixes, or when there is a need to identify specific particle sizes beyond the Subgroup definitions, the Subgroup terms for the Gravel Group (Boulder, Cobble, Pebble, Granule), Sand Group (Very Coarse Sand, Coarse Sand, Medium Sand, Fine, Sand, Very Fine Sand), and Mud Group (Silt, Silt-Clay, Clay) may optionally be substituted for the Group term. Examples: Muddy Sandy Gravel -> Silty Sandy Gravel, Slightly Gravelly Sandy Mud -> Slightly Gravelly Sandy Clay, Gravelly Muddy Sand -> Gravelly Muddy Coarse Sand, Slightly Gravelly Sand -> Slightly Gravelly Medium Sand.","The CMECS Coarse, Mixed, and Fine Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate Classes and subordinate units use Folk (1954) terminology to describe particle sizes of loose mineral substrates as shown in the ternary diagram in Figure 7.2 . Units with bracketed letters, e.g., [G], [(g)sM], correspond to the labeled polygons in Figure 7.2, using conventions from Folk (1954)." Substrate Component,Geologic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate,Muddy Substrate,Mud,Clay,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,Geologic Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate surface has no trace of Gravel and is < 10% Sand (particles 0.0625 millimeters to 2 millimeters in diameter); the remaining Clay-Silt mix is 67% or more Clay (particles < 0.004 millimeters in diameter).,,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000160,CMECS_00000160,Original Unit,Editorial Change (defintion re-worded),"When classifying mixes of two different Gravel Subgroup particle sizes, use combinations of the Subgroup unit names with the overall dominant size first. Examples: Boulder-Cobble, Cobble-Boulder, Cobble-Granule, Pebble-Granule, Granule-Boulder.|Due to the importance of different particle sizes of Gravel as habitat for many organisms, Gravel subgroup particle sizes (Boulder, Cobble, Pebble, Granule) must be identified whenever particle sizes are known or can be estimated within any mix and at any level of classification. Examples: Gravel Mixes -> Pebble Mixes, Muddy Sandy Gravel -> Muddy Sandy Cobble, Gravelly Sand -> Bouldery Sand|When classifying Mixes, or when there is a need to identify specific particle sizes beyond the Subgroup definitions, the Subgroup terms for the Gravel Group (Boulder, Cobble, Pebble, Granule), Sand Group (Very Coarse Sand, Coarse Sand, Medium Sand, Fine, Sand, Very Fine Sand), and Mud Group (Silt, Silt-Clay, Clay) may optionally be substituted for the Group term. Examples: Muddy Sandy Gravel -> Silty Sandy Gravel, Slightly Gravelly Sandy Mud -> Slightly Gravelly Sandy Clay, Gravelly Muddy Sand -> Gravelly Muddy Coarse Sand, Slightly Gravelly Sand -> Slightly Gravelly Medium Sand.","The CMECS Coarse, Mixed, and Fine Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate Classes and subordinate units use Folk (1954) terminology to describe particle sizes of loose mineral substrates as shown in the ternary diagram in Figure 7.2 . Units with bracketed letters, e.g., [G], [(g)sM], correspond to the labeled polygons in Figure 7.2, using conventions from Folk (1954)." -Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,,,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Origin,"Benthic substrates where sufficient evidence shows that Biogenic Substrate exceeds (is dominant over) that of both Geologic and Anthropogenic Substrates, when all are considered separately. Biogenic substrates are the non-living material that supports, interperses, or overlays the living biota described in the Biotic Component (see Section 7.2), and is either generated by living biota, such as shells and tests; or are non-living remnants of living biota such as skeletons, dead wood, and detritus. ","Wentworth, C. K. 1922. “A Scale of Grade and Class Terms for Clastic Sediments.” The Journal of Geology 30: 377–392",1.1.0,S,2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000101,CMECS_00000101,Original Unit,Editorial Change (defintion re-worded),"Substrate Origin describes the genesis of the substrate, not the process by which it is emplaced. If the Substrate Origin cannot be definitively determined, the analyst may opt to use “Indeterminate” in place of Origin type and use the Geologic Origin units for further classification.|See Also: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units","Biogenic substrates are classified at the Class level by the level of consolidation, and at the Subclass and Group levels by particle size and biological source of the material. Subgroup units provide further descriptive detail where possible. Particle size bins at the Biogenic Substrate Class, Subclass, and Group levels correspond to the Geologic Substrate units as follows: +Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,,,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Origin,"Benthic substrates where sufficient evidence shows that Biogenic Substrate exceeds (is dominant over) that of both Geologic and Anthropogenic Substrates, when all are considered separately. Biogenic substrates are the non-living material that supports, interperses, or overlays the living biota described in the Biotic Component (see Section 7.2), and is either generated by living biota, such as shells and tests; or are non-living remnants of living biota such as skeletons, dead wood, and detritus. ","Wentworth, C. K. 1922. �A Scale of Grade and Class Terms for Clastic Sediments.� The Journal of Geology 30: 377�392",1.1.0,S,2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000101,CMECS_00000101,Original Unit,Editorial Change (defintion re-worded),"Substrate Origin describes the genesis of the substrate, not the process by which it is emplaced. If the Substrate Origin cannot be definitively determined, the analyst may opt to use �Indeterminate� in place of Origin type and use the Geologic Origin units for further classification.|See Also: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units","Biogenic substrates are classified at the Class level by the level of consolidation, and at the Subclass and Group levels by particle size and biological source of the material. Subgroup units provide further descriptive detail where possible. Particle size bins at the Biogenic Substrate Class, Subclass, and Group levels correspond to the Geologic Substrate units as follows: - Class: Consolidated Biogenic Substrate is equivalent to the Geologic Substrate Class: Consolidated Mineral Substrate (greater than or equal to 4,096 millimeters in any dimension) - Subclass: Biogenic Rubble is equivalent to the Geologic Substrate Group: Very Coarse Gravel (64 millimeters to < 4,096 millimeters in diameter) - Subclass: Biogenic Hash is equivalent to the Geologic Substrate Group: Moderately Coarse Gravel (2 millimeters to < 64 millimeters in diameter) @@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Consolidated Biogenic Substrate,Reef Subs Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Consolidated Biogenic Substrate,Reef Substrate,Coral Reef Substrate,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Consolidated Biogenic Substrate area that is greater than or equal to 4.0 meters (4,096 millimeters, equivalent to the Geologic Substrate Class: Consolidated Mineral Substrate) in any dimension, that covers 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface, and is dominated by non-living coral reefs.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000198,CMECS_00000198,Derived Unit,Change in level down|Membership change|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Consolidated Biogenic Substrate,Reef Substrate,Shell Reef Substrate,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Consolidated Biogenic Substrate area that is greater than or equal to 4.0 meters (4,096 millimeters, equivalent to the Geologic Substrate Class: Consolidated Mineral Substrate) in any dimension, that covers 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface, and is dominated by non-living cemented, conglomerated, or otherwise self-adhered shell reefs.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000745,CMECS_00000745,Derived Unit,Change in level down|Membership change|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Consolidated Biogenic Substrate,Reef Substrate,Shell Reef Substrate, Reef Substrate,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Consolidated Biogenic Substrate area that is greater than or equal to 4.0 meters (4,096 millimeters, equivalent to the Geologic Substrate Class: Consolidated Mineral Substrate) in any dimension, that covers 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface, and is dominated by Shell Reef primarily composed of cemented or conglomerated shells.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001022,CMECS_00001022,Original Unit,Name change|Membership Change|Editorial Changes: defintion re-worded,See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, -Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Consolidated Biogenic Substrate,Reef Substrate,Shell Reef Substrate, Reef Substrate,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Consolidated Biogenic Substrate area that is greater than or equal to 4.0 meters (4,096 millimeters, equivalent to the Geologic Substrate Class: Consolidated Mineral Substrate) in any dimension, that covers 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface, and is dominated by Shell Reef primarily composed of conglomerated shells. While are slowly mobile and do not cement their shells, the gregarious settlement of their larvae on conspecifics (Zhao and Qian 2002) can lead to very dense accumulations with a flat, reef-like texture as live shells build over dead shells.","Zhao, B. and P-Y. Qian. 2002. “Larval Settlement and Metamorphosis in the Slipper Limpet Crepidula onyx (Sowerby) in Response to Conspecific Cues and the Cues from Biofilm.” Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 269: 39–5.",1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001032,CMECS_00001032,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, +Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Consolidated Biogenic Substrate,Reef Substrate,Shell Reef Substrate, Reef Substrate,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Consolidated Biogenic Substrate area that is greater than or equal to 4.0 meters (4,096 millimeters, equivalent to the Geologic Substrate Class: Consolidated Mineral Substrate) in any dimension, that covers 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface, and is dominated by Shell Reef primarily composed of conglomerated shells. While are slowly mobile and do not cement their shells, the gregarious settlement of their larvae on conspecifics (Zhao and Qian 2002) can lead to very dense accumulations with a flat, reef-like texture as live shells build over dead shells.","Zhao, B. and P-Y. Qian. 2002. �Larval Settlement and Metamorphosis in the Slipper Limpet Crepidula onyx (Sowerby) in Response to Conspecific Cues and the Cues from Biofilm.� Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 269: 39�5.",1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001032,CMECS_00001032,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Consolidated Biogenic Substrate,Reef Substrate,Shell Reef Substrate,Mussel Reef Substrate,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Consolidated Biogenic Substrate area that is greater than or equal to 4.0 meters (4,096 millimeters, equivalent to the Geologic Substrate Class: Consolidated Mineral Substrate) in any dimension, that covers 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface, and is dominated by Shell Reef primarily composed of self-adhered or conglomerated mussel shells.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000584,CMECS_00000584,Derived Unit,Change in level down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Consolidated Biogenic Substrate,Reef Substrate,Shell Reef Substrate,Oyster Reef Substrate,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Consolidated Biogenic Substrate area that is greater than or equal to 4.0 meters (4,096 millimeters, equivalent to the Geologic Substrate Class: Consolidated Mineral Substrate) in any dimension, that covers 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface, and is dominated by Shell Reef primarily composed of cemented or conglomerated oyster shells that form a stable substrate surface.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000620,CMECS_00000620, Derived Unit,Change in level down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Consolidated Biogenic Substrate,Reef Substrate,Worm Reef Substrate,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Consolidated Biogenic Substrate area that is greater than or equal to 4.0 meters (4,096 millimeters, equivalent to the Geologic Substrate Class: Consolidated Mineral Substrate) in any dimension, that covers 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface, and is dominated by cemented or conglomerated calcareous or sandy tubes of polychaetes or other worm-like fauna.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001681,CMECS_00001681,Original Unit,Addition,See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Coarse Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Coarse Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Rubble,Coral Rubble ,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Biogenic Rubble particles (64 millimeters to < 4,096 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Cobble and Boulder) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of non-living coral fragments. ",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000200,CMECS_00000200,Derived Unit,Change in level down|Membership change|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Coarse Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Rubble,Shell Rubble,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Biogenic Rubble particles (64 millimeters to < 4,096 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Cobble and Boulder) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of non-living shells. Most (but not all) shell-builders are mollusks.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000746,CMECS_00000746,Derived Unit,Change in level down|Membership change|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Coarse Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Rubble,Shell Rubble, Rubble,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Biogenic Rubble particles (64 millimeters to < 4,096 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Cobble and Boulder) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of cemented or conglomerated shells. Note that shells are described in a separate substrate subgroup due to their distinctive features and special significance in many areas.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001023,CMECS_00001023,Original Unit,Membership change|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, -Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Coarse Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Rubble,Shell Rubble, Rubble,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Biogenic Rubble particles (64 millimeters to < 4,096 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Cobble and Boulder) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of conglomerated shells. While are slowly mobile and do not cement their shells, the gregarious settlement of their larvae on conspecifics (Zhao and Qian 2002) can lead to very dense accumulations as live shells build over dead shells, and sediments fill in to bind these areas into flat shelly masses.","Zhao, B. and P-Y. Qian. 2002. “Larval Settlement and Metamorphosis in the Slipper Limpet Crepidula onyx (Sowerby) in Response to Conspecific Cues and the Cues from Biofilm.” Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 269: 39–5.",1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001033,CMECS_00001033,Derived Unit,Change in level down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, +Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Coarse Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Rubble,Shell Rubble, Rubble,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Biogenic Rubble particles (64 millimeters to < 4,096 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Cobble and Boulder) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of conglomerated shells. While are slowly mobile and do not cement their shells, the gregarious settlement of their larvae on conspecifics (Zhao and Qian 2002) can lead to very dense accumulations as live shells build over dead shells, and sediments fill in to bind these areas into flat shelly masses.","Zhao, B. and P-Y. Qian. 2002. �Larval Settlement and Metamorphosis in the Slipper Limpet Crepidula onyx (Sowerby) in Response to Conspecific Cues and the Cues from Biofilm.� Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 269: 39�5.",1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001033,CMECS_00001033,Derived Unit,Change in level down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Coarse Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Rubble,Shell Rubble,Mussel Rubble,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Biogenic Rubble particles (64 millimeters to < 4,096 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Cobble and Boulder) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of self-adhered or conglomerated mussel shells.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000585,CMECS_00000585,Derived Unit,Change in level down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Coarse Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Rubble,Shell Rubble,Oyster Rubble,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Biogenic Rubble particles (64 millimeters to < 4,096 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Cobble and Boulder) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of cemented or conglomerated oyster shells.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000621,CMECS_00000621, Derived Unit,Change in level down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Coarse Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Rubble,Wood Rubble,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Biogenic Rubble particles (64 millimeters to < 4,096 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Cobble and Boulder) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of non-living woody material.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001637,CMECS_00001637,Original Unit,Addition,See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, @@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Bi Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Hash ,Algal Hash,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Biogenic Hash particles (2 to < 64 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Granule and Pebble) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of non-living calcareous algae fragments.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001654,CMECS_00001654,Original Unit,Addition,See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Hash ,Algal Hash,Rhodolith Hash,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Biogenic Hash particles (2 to < 64 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Granule and Pebble) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of non-living rhodolith fragments.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000673,CMECS_00000673,Derived Unit,Change in level down|Membership change|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Hash ,Coral Hash,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Biogenic Hash particles (2 to < 64 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Granule and Pebble) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of non-living coral fragments.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000193,CMECS_00000193,Derived Unit,Change in level down|Membership change|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, -Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Hash ,Coral Hash, Hash,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Biogenic Hash particles (2 to < 64 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Granule and Pebble) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of non-living fragments.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001653,CMECS_00001653,Original Unit,Addition,See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, +Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Hash ,Coral Hash, Hash,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Biogenic Hash particles (2 to < 64 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Granule and Pebble) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of non-living fragments.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001653,CMECS_00001653,Original Unit,Addition,See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Hash ,Shell Hash,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Biogenic Hash particles (2 to < 64 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Granule and Pebble) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are of primarily composed of non-living shells and shell bits. Most (but not all) shell-builders are mollusks.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000744,CMECS_00000744,Derived Unit,Change in level down|Membership change|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Hash ,Shell Hash, Hash,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Biogenic Hash particles (2 to < 64 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Granule and Pebble) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of cemented or conglomerated shells and shell bits.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001021,CMECS_00001021,Derived Unit,Change in level down|Membership change|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Hash ,Shell Hash, Hash,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Biogenic Hash particles (2 to < 64 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Granule and Pebble) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of loose shells and shell bits.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001030,CMECS_00001030,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, @@ -1279,19 +1279,19 @@ Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Fi Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Fine Organic Substrate,Organic Detritus,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Fine Organic Substrate particles (0.004 to < 4 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Group: Mud) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of decomposing plant and animal tissues, often in an advanced state of utilization and decay. Organic Detritus may be produced , deposited from above or transported horizontally, or may be remnant material. ",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000610,CMECS_00000610,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Membership Change|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Fine Organic Substrate,Organic Mud,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Fine Organic Substrate particles (0.004 to < 0.625 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Group: Mud) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface with an organic carbon content of greater than 5%.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000611,CMECS_00000611,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Membership Change|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Ooze Substrate,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subclass,"Deep sea substrates that are composed of > 30% tests, shells, or frustules of small plankton, including diatoms, radiolarians, pteropods, foraminifera, and other marine plankters. Oozes are common in deeper waters far from shore, where terrestrial inputs to the bottom sediments are very low, and where surface productivity is reasonably high. -Based on common practice in the field, definition of a substrate as “ooze” requires a 30% or greater (but not necessarily “dominant”) ooze composition within the sediments. Once defined as an “ooze”, type of ooze is determined by dominant percent composition.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000607,CMECS_00000607,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Membership Change|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, -Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Ooze Substrate,Carbonate Ooze,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Ooze Substrate that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are dominated by calcium carbonate-based shells of foraminifera, coccolithophores, pteropods, or other calcareous plankton. These oozes are limited to seafloors shallower than the carbonate compensation depth (4 - 5 kilometers); calcium carbonate dissolves in the cold acidic waters deeper than this. Based on common practice in the field, definition of a substrate as “ooze” requires a 30% or greater (but not necessarily “dominant”) ooze composition within the sediments. Once defined as an “ooze”, type of ooze is determined by dominant percent composition.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000134,CMECS_00000134,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, -Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Ooze Substrate,Carbonate Ooze,Coccolithophore Ooze,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Ooze Substrate that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are formed primarily from carbonate tests of phytoplanktonic coccolithophores. Based on common practice in the field, definition of a substrate as “ooze” requires a 30% or greater (but not necessarily “dominant”) ooze composition within the sediments. Once defined as an “ooze”, type of ooze is determined by dominant percent composition.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000175,CMECS_00000175,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, -Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Ooze Substrate,Carbonate Ooze,Foramniferan Ooze,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Ooze Substrate that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are formed primarily from carbonate tests of foraminiferans, such as . Based on common practice in the field, definition of a substrate as “ooze” requires a 30% or greater (but not necessarily “dominant”) ooze composition within the sediments. Once defined as an “ooze”, type of ooze is determined by dominant percent composition.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000364,CMECS_00000364,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, -Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Ooze Substrate,Carbonate Ooze,Pteropod Ooze,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Ooze Substrate that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are formed primarily from the shells of pteropods (a group of planktonic mollusks). Based on common practice in the field, definition of a substrate as “ooze” requires a 30% or greater (but not necessarily “dominant”) ooze composition within the sediments. Once defined as an “ooze”, type of ooze is determined by dominant percent composition.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000663,CMECS_00000663, Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, -Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Ooze Substrate,Siliceous Ooze,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Ooze Substrate that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are dominated by silicate-based shells of diatoms, radiolarians, and other organisms. These oozes are limited to seafloors shallower than the carbonate compensation depth (4 - 5 kilometers); calcium carbonate dissolves in the cold acidic waters deeper than this. Based on common practice in the field, definition of a substrate as “ooze” requires a 30% or greater (but not necessarily “dominant”) ooze composition within the sediments. Once defined as an “ooze”, type of ooze is determined by dominant percent composition.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000754,CMECS_00000754,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, -Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Ooze Substrate,Siliceous Ooze,Diatomaceous Ooze,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Ooze Substrate that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and is formed primarily from the silica-based frustules or tests of phytoplanktonic diatoms. Based on common practice in the field, definition of a substrate as “ooze” requires a 30% or greater (but not necessarily “dominant”) ooze composition within the sediments. Once defined as an “ooze”, type of ooze is determined by dominant percent composition.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000242,CMECS_00000242,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, -Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Ooze Substrate,Siliceous Ooze,Radiolarian Ooze,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Ooze Substrate that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and is formed primarily from the silica-based tests of amoeba-like radiolarians. Based on common practice in the field, definition of a substrate as “ooze” requires a 30% or greater (but not necessarily “dominant”) ooze composition within the sediments. Once defined as an “ooze”, type of ooze is determined by dominant percent composition.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000665,CMECS_00000665, Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, +Based on common practice in the field, definition of a substrate as �ooze� requires a 30% or greater (but not necessarily �dominant�) ooze composition within the sediments. Once defined as an �ooze�, type of ooze is determined by dominant percent composition.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000607,CMECS_00000607,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Membership Change|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, +Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Ooze Substrate,Carbonate Ooze,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Ooze Substrate that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are dominated by calcium carbonate-based shells of foraminifera, coccolithophores, pteropods, or other calcareous plankton. These oozes are limited to seafloors shallower than the carbonate compensation depth (4 - 5 kilometers); calcium carbonate dissolves in the cold acidic waters deeper than this. Based on common practice in the field, definition of a substrate as �ooze� requires a 30% or greater (but not necessarily �dominant�) ooze composition within the sediments. Once defined as an �ooze�, type of ooze is determined by dominant percent composition.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000134,CMECS_00000134,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, +Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Ooze Substrate,Carbonate Ooze,Coccolithophore Ooze,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Ooze Substrate that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are formed primarily from carbonate tests of phytoplanktonic coccolithophores. Based on common practice in the field, definition of a substrate as �ooze� requires a 30% or greater (but not necessarily �dominant�) ooze composition within the sediments. Once defined as an �ooze�, type of ooze is determined by dominant percent composition.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000175,CMECS_00000175,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, +Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Ooze Substrate,Carbonate Ooze,Foramniferan Ooze,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Ooze Substrate that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are formed primarily from carbonate tests of foraminiferans, such as . Based on common practice in the field, definition of a substrate as �ooze� requires a 30% or greater (but not necessarily �dominant�) ooze composition within the sediments. Once defined as an �ooze�, type of ooze is determined by dominant percent composition.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000364,CMECS_00000364,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, +Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Ooze Substrate,Carbonate Ooze,Pteropod Ooze,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Ooze Substrate that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are formed primarily from the shells of pteropods (a group of planktonic mollusks). Based on common practice in the field, definition of a substrate as �ooze� requires a 30% or greater (but not necessarily �dominant�) ooze composition within the sediments. Once defined as an �ooze�, type of ooze is determined by dominant percent composition.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000663,CMECS_00000663, Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, +Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Ooze Substrate,Siliceous Ooze,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Ooze Substrate that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are dominated by silicate-based shells of diatoms, radiolarians, and other organisms. These oozes are limited to seafloors shallower than the carbonate compensation depth (4 - 5 kilometers); calcium carbonate dissolves in the cold acidic waters deeper than this. Based on common practice in the field, definition of a substrate as �ooze� requires a 30% or greater (but not necessarily �dominant�) ooze composition within the sediments. Once defined as an �ooze�, type of ooze is determined by dominant percent composition.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000754,CMECS_00000754,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, +Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Ooze Substrate,Siliceous Ooze,Diatomaceous Ooze,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Ooze Substrate that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and is formed primarily from the silica-based frustules or tests of phytoplanktonic diatoms. Based on common practice in the field, definition of a substrate as �ooze� requires a 30% or greater (but not necessarily �dominant�) ooze composition within the sediments. Once defined as an �ooze�, type of ooze is determined by dominant percent composition.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000242,CMECS_00000242,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, +Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Ooze Substrate,Siliceous Ooze,Radiolarian Ooze,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Ooze Substrate that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and is formed primarily from the silica-based tests of amoeba-like radiolarians. Based on common practice in the field, definition of a substrate as �ooze� requires a 30% or greater (but not necessarily �dominant�) ooze composition within the sediments. Once defined as an �ooze�, type of ooze is determined by dominant percent composition.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000665,CMECS_00000665, Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Anthropogenic Substrate,,,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Origin,"Benthic substrates where sufficient evidence shows that Anthropogenic Substrate exceeds (is dominant over) that of both Geologic and Biogenic Substrates, when all are considered separately. Anthropogenic substrates are composed of material created by human physical, chemical, or other processes. Examples, include metals, plastics, ceramics, cement, and construction aggregates. Wood, although it is biogenic in origin, is included here to describe instances where it has been shaped, textured, treated, or otherwise altered from its natural condition and thus has different habitat suitability and/or function. -","Wentworth, C. K. 1922. “A Scale of Grade and Class Terms for Clastic Sediments.” The Journal of Geology 30: 377–392",1.1.0,S,3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000024,CMECS_00000024,Original Unit,Editorial Change (defintion re-worded),"Substrate Origin describes the genesis of the substrate, not the process by which it is emplaced. If the Substrate Origin cannot be definitively determined, the analyst may opt to use “Indeterminate” in place of Origin type and use the Geologic Origin units for further classification.|Mixes of origins are addressed through Co-occurring Elements Modifiers (see Section 10); additional Modifier terms, (listed in Section 7.6 and described in detail in Section 10) can be applied as needed to further describe substrate characteristics.|See Also: Implementation Guidance for all Substrate Component units","Anthropogenic substrates are classified at the Class level by particle size and degree of stability in relation to the surrounding substrate, i.e., fixed (immobile and generally large structures or fragments) or unconsolidated (potentially mobile, of varying particle sizes); Subclass and Group level units are further refined by particle size and composition. The Anthropogenic Origin does not include any Subgroup units but users may provide further descriptive detail if desired. Particle size bins at the Anthropogenic Substrate Class and Subclass levels correspond to the Geologic Substrate units as follows: -• Class: Fixed Anthropogenic Substrate is equivalent to the Geologic Origin Class: Consolidated Mineral Substrate (greater than or equal to 4,096 millimeters in any dimension) -• Class: Coarse Unconsolidated Anthropogenic Substrate is equivalent to the Geologic Origin Group: Very Coarse Gravel (64 millimeters to < 4,096 millimeters in diameter) -• Class: Fine Unconsolidated Anthropogenic Substrate Hash is equivalent to the Geologic Origin Groups: Moderately Coarse Gravel (2 millimeters to < 64 millimeters in diameter), Sand (0.0625 millimeters to < 2 millimeters in diameter), and Mud (< 0.0625 millimeters in diameter). +","Wentworth, C. K. 1922. �A Scale of Grade and Class Terms for Clastic Sediments.� The Journal of Geology 30: 377�392",1.1.0,S,3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000024,CMECS_00000024,Original Unit,Editorial Change (defintion re-worded),"Substrate Origin describes the genesis of the substrate, not the process by which it is emplaced. If the Substrate Origin cannot be definitively determined, the analyst may opt to use �Indeterminate� in place of Origin type and use the Geologic Origin units for further classification.|Mixes of origins are addressed through Co-occurring Elements Modifiers (see Section 10); additional Modifier terms, (listed in Section 7.6 and described in detail in Section 10) can be applied as needed to further describe substrate characteristics.|See Also: Implementation Guidance for all Substrate Component units","Anthropogenic substrates are classified at the Class level by particle size and degree of stability in relation to the surrounding substrate, i.e., fixed (immobile and generally large structures or fragments) or unconsolidated (potentially mobile, of varying particle sizes); Subclass and Group level units are further refined by particle size and composition. The Anthropogenic Origin does not include any Subgroup units but users may provide further descriptive detail if desired. Particle size bins at the Anthropogenic Substrate Class and Subclass levels correspond to the Geologic Substrate units as follows: +� Class: Fixed Anthropogenic Substrate is equivalent to the Geologic Origin Class: Consolidated Mineral Substrate (greater than or equal to 4,096 millimeters in any dimension) +� Class: Coarse Unconsolidated Anthropogenic Substrate is equivalent to the Geologic Origin Group: Very Coarse Gravel (64 millimeters to < 4,096 millimeters in diameter) +� Class: Fine Unconsolidated Anthropogenic Substrate Hash is equivalent to the Geologic Origin Groups: Moderately Coarse Gravel (2 millimeters to < 64 millimeters in diameter), Sand (0.0625 millimeters to < 2 millimeters in diameter), and Mud (< 0.0625 millimeters in diameter). The particle sizes for these units are derived from Wentworth (1922), and they can be broken down into Wentworth grain size classes for greater precision, if desired." Substrate Component,Anthropogenic Substrate,Fixed Anthropogenic Substrate,,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Class,"Anthropogenic Substrates that are greater than or equal to 4.0 meters (4,096 millimeters, equivalent to the Geologic Substrate Class: Consolidated Mineral Substrate) in any dimension and cover 50% or greater of the Anthropogenic Substrate surface. Examples include man-made materials such as metal pipelines, concrete bulkheads, and treated-wood pilings that are either fixed (adhered to, embedded in, or otherwise attached to) the environment.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001683,CMECS_00001683,Original Unit,Addition,See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Anthropogenic Substrate,Fixed Anthropogenic Substrate,Fixed Aggregate Substrate,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subclass,"Anthropogenic Substrates that are greater than or equal to 4.0 meters (4,096 millimeters, equivalent to the Geologic Substrate Class: Consolidated Mineral Substrate) in any dimension and cover 50% or greater of the Anthropogenic Substrate surface, are consolidated or fixed in the surrounding environment and are dominated by aggregate, primarily construction, materials. This includes concrete, asphalt, brick, porcelain, or similar materials. Examples of features that form anthropogenic substrates include boat ramps, piers, and seawalls. ",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000186,CMECS_00000186,Original Unit,Addition,See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, @@ -1321,10 +1321,10 @@ Substrate Component,Anthropogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Anthropogenic Su Substrate Component,Anthropogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Anthropogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Trash/Plastic Substrate,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subclass,Anthropogenic unconsolidated substrate that is dominated by metal material with particle sizes ranging from 0.0625 millimeters to < 64 millimeters (size of sand to hash) and is composed of trash/plastic. ,,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001694,CMECS_00001694,Original Unit,Addition,See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Anthropogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Anthropogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Trash/Plastic Substrate,Trash/Plastic Hash,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Unconsolidated Anthropogenic Substrate that is dominated by Fine Anthropogenic particles (2 millimeters to < 64 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Granule) that cover 50% or greater of the Anthropogenic Substrate surface and is composed of trash/plastic.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000848,CMECS_00000848,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial change(defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Anthropogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Anthropogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Trash/Plastic Substrate,Trash/Plastic Fines,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Unconsolidated Anthropogenic Substrate that is dominated by Fine Anthropogenic particles (0.0625 millimeters to < 2 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroup: Sand) that cover 50% or greater of the Anthropogenic Substrate surface and is composed of trash/plastic. ",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001697,CMECS_00001697,Original Unit,Addition,See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, -Water Column Component,,,,,,CMECS Component: Water Column ,"The Water Column Component (WC) describes the water column environment of estuaries and oceans.The water column presents unique challenges to classification and characterization—due to its three-dimensional structure; a high degree of temporal variability; a wide, dynamic range in environmental characteristics (across multiple spatial scales); and the inherent challenges of measuring the various parameters. The WC identifies the structures, patterns, properties, and processes, of the water column relevant to ecological relationships and habitat-organism interactions. This component extends from the land-sea margin to the deep oceans and vertically from the surface of the water to the benthic interface. The WC encompasses the Lacustrine, Estuarine, and Marine Systems. The water column component of the Lacustrine System will be fully addressed in a later document, while the latter two systems are described here. -Because the water column is highly variable in both time and space, it is difficult to assign structures or properties to a specific location or depth with certainty. The characteristics of the water continuously change over time. For example, in the clear waters of the open ocean, the well-lit zone of photosynthesis generally extends throughout the upper 200 meters of the water column. In estuaries and coastal waters, surface conditions and water constituents reduce the depth of the photic zone by orders of magnitude. Nearshore photic depths can be quite shallow and variable from place to place or over short time periods. In shallow waters, optical dynamics are compressed in the vertical dimension and their effects are amplified—strongly influencing biota in the water column and in the benthos. +Water Column Component,,,,,,CMECS Component: Water Column ,"The Water Column Component (WC) describes the water column environment of estuaries and oceans.The water column presents unique challenges to classification and characterization�due to its three-dimensional structure; a high degree of temporal variability; a wide, dynamic range in environmental characteristics (across multiple spatial scales); and the inherent challenges of measuring the various parameters. The WC identifies the structures, patterns, properties, and processes, of the water column relevant to ecological relationships and habitat-organism interactions. This component extends from the land-sea margin to the deep oceans and vertically from the surface of the water to the benthic interface. The WC encompasses the Lacustrine, Estuarine, and Marine Systems. The water column component of the Lacustrine System will be fully addressed in a later document, while the latter two systems are described here. +Because the water column is highly variable in both time and space, it is difficult to assign structures or properties to a specific location or depth with certainty. The characteristics of the water continuously change over time. For example, in the clear waters of the open ocean, the well-lit zone of photosynthesis generally extends throughout the upper 200 meters of the water column. In estuaries and coastal waters, surface conditions and water constituents reduce the depth of the photic zone by orders of magnitude. Nearshore photic depths can be quite shallow and variable from place to place or over short time periods. In shallow waters, optical dynamics are compressed in the vertical dimension and their effects are amplified�strongly influencing biota in the water column and in the benthos. The WC is designed to accommodate the high degree of spatio-temporal variability of the water column with a simple and flexible structure and a comprehensive array of units and modifiers. The WC provides a way to define and organize key information most commonly required to characterize the water column. Spatially, the WC can be applied to points or profiles within the water column, as well as to water masses, regions, entire water bodies and entire oceans. -The WC contains five subcomponents that can be used alone or in combination (Table 5.1): Layer, Salinity, Temperature, Hydroform and Biogeochemical Feature. The Layer subcomponent indicates vertical position within the water column, using a set of defined layers associated with each subsystem and gives information about relative proximity to the atmosphere, mid-depth or benthos. Units in the Salinity and Temperature subcomponents describe the salinity and temperature characteristics of a water parcel within standard ranges. Hydroform Classes, their hydroforms, and hydroform types describe physical hydrographic features such as currents, waves, water masses, gyres, upwellings and fronts. The Biogeochemical Features subcomponent describes such phenomena as biofilm, thermocline and turbidity maximum—features of the water column that include properties and constituents beyond simple hydrodynamics. Modifiers can be selected from a comprehensive list and applied to any component to define additional characteristics such as trophic status, oxygen status, tide regime and energy regime.",,1.1.0,W,None,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000894,CMECS_00000894,Original Unit,,, +The WC contains five subcomponents that can be used alone or in combination (Table 5.1): Layer, Salinity, Temperature, Hydroform and Biogeochemical Feature. The Layer subcomponent indicates vertical position within the water column, using a set of defined layers associated with each subsystem and gives information about relative proximity to the atmosphere, mid-depth or benthos. Units in the Salinity and Temperature subcomponents describe the salinity and temperature characteristics of a water parcel within standard ranges. Hydroform Classes, their hydroforms, and hydroform types describe physical hydrographic features such as currents, waves, water masses, gyres, upwellings and fronts. The Biogeochemical Features subcomponent describes such phenomena as biofilm, thermocline and turbidity maximum�features of the water column that include properties and constituents beyond simple hydrodynamics. Modifiers can be selected from a comprehensive list and applied to any component to define additional characteristics such as trophic status, oxygen status, tide regime and energy regime.",,1.1.0,W,None,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000894,CMECS_00000894,Original Unit,,, Water Column Component,Water Column Layer ,,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent,"The Water Column Layer Subcomponent resolves the water column vertically into its major coherent layers based on position relative to the surface and to the pycnocline or mid-depth. These layers reflect ecologically important characteristics of the water column structure. The layers for all cross-shelf waters include Surface Layer, Upper Water Column, Pycnocline and Lower Water Column. In the Marine Oceanic Subsystem, additional divisions (described below) are based on depth in the water column. The Layer subcomponent works with the Subsystem of the Aquatic Setting described in Section 4 to define the estuarine and marine water column as a grid. The grid framework is composed of horizontal regions (x-y axes) divided on the basis of position relative to land and total water depth, and vertical layers (z-axis) defined by depth below the surface. This structural arrangement provides a fixed frame of reference for describing position within the water column and accommodates the variability in water column features, conditions and movements by applying additional subcomponents (Figure 5.1). One set of Water Column Layers is defined for application to all Estuarine Subsystems and the two Marine Subsystems (Nearshore and Offshore) in cross shelf waters where the total water depth is relatively shallow. For all subsystems (except the Marine Oceanic) the following Water Column Layers are defined: @@ -1333,7 +1333,7 @@ Surface Layer: The interface between the water column and the atmosphere, extend Upper Water Column: The area from just below the surface to the boundary of the pycnocline, if present. (If a pycnocline is not present or is not detected, the region above mid-depth in the water column is defined as the Upper Water Column.) The upper water column layer is in close contact with the atmosphere; usually oxygenated, well-mixed and well-lighted; and is generally marked by high rates of photosynthesis and net autotrophic production. -Pycnocline: The zone of maximum change of density of a particular physicochemical variable—normally salinity or temperature—that segregates two distinct layers, which are of relatively homogeneous density. The presence of a pycnocline provides a barrier to vertical mixing between the upper and lower water columns, and this layer enhances the stability of the water column. +Pycnocline: The zone of maximum change of density of a particular physicochemical variable�normally salinity or temperature�that segregates two distinct layers, which are of relatively homogeneous density. The presence of a pycnocline provides a barrier to vertical mixing between the upper and lower water columns, and this layer enhances the stability of the water column. Lower Water Column: The area below the pycnocline (or, if absent, below mid-depth in the water column), the lower portion of the water column is often dimly or negligibly illuminated (particularly in estuaries) and can be heterotrophic. These deeper waters have limited contact with the atmosphere, may be reduced in oxygen content, and can have a high degree of interaction with bottom sediments. This layer receives organic and mineral material from upper waters and is frequently the site of anoxia. In estuaries, the salt wedge and counter current flow occur in this layer.",,1.1.0,W,l,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000895,CMECS_00000895,Original Unit,,, Water Column Component,Water Column Layer ,Estuarine Coastal Surface Layer,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Water Column Layer,Estuarine waters between the shore and the 4 meter depth contour at the surface of the water column to a depth of a few centimeters.,,1.1.0,W,l1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000303,CMECS_00000303,Original Unit,,, @@ -1368,24 +1368,24 @@ Water Column Component,Water Column Layer ,Marine Oceanic Mesopelagic Layer,,,,C Water Column Component,Water Column Layer ,Marine Oceanic Bathypelagic Layer,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Water Column Layer,"The region where light does not penetrate, rendering the water column totally dark except for bioluminescence, generally from 1,000 meters to 4,000 meters depth. Organisms at these depths are subjected to immense pressure; food webs depend on organic detritus rather than active photosynthetic production. Waters in this layer generally are composed of cold, bottom currents (from sinking water masses descending from polar latitudes).",,1.1.0,W,l26,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000504,CMECS_00000504,Original Unit,,, Water Column Component,Water Column Layer ,Marine Oceanic Abyssopelagic Layer,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Water Column Layer,"The region of the water column that is generally in contact with the abyssal seafloor, except in deep basins and trenches and represents the bottom layer of the ocean, generally from 4,000 meters to 6,000 meters depth. This layer is aphotic; it receives biogenic, detrital and mineral material descending from above and this layer acts as an accumulation zone. Oozes from tests of planktonic organisms form on the seafloor and fans of sedimentary material accumulate here. There are diverse and specialized faunal communities at these depths. Trophic webs are based on chemoautotrophic processes, hydrothermal vents, decomposition of organic matter and bacterial production.",,1.1.0,W,l27,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000503,CMECS_00000503,Original Unit,,, Water Column Component,Water Column Layer ,Marine Oceanic Hadalpelagic Layer,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Water Column Layer,"The deepest waters of the globe occur in trenches and deep basins generally at depths greater than 6,000 meters. There is a high degree of tectonic and thermal activity in these areas. Waters in this layer have unique characteristics of immense pressure, strong currents, accumulation of sediments and organic material; macrofauna that occur at these extreme depths have special feeding strategies and adaptations to intense pressure and total darkness.",,1.1.0,W,l28,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000508,CMECS_00000508,Original Unit,,, -Water Column Component,Salinity Regime,,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent,"Salinity in seawater results from a concentration of salts including bromine, iodine, and (principally) sodium chloride. Salinity is measured as a dimensionless conductivity ratio on the practical salinity scale (PSS), which was established by the IAPSO (International Association for the Physical Sciences of the Oceans) in 1978 (UNESCO 1981). Most marine waters have salinities between 34 and 35, while in estuaries and coastal waters salinity can vary considerably from zero to hyperhaline (greater than or equal to 40). In estuaries, the salinity distribution is a function of direct precipitation, the influx of freshwater supplied by rivers, groundwater sources and runoff from the land and marine water supplied by exchange with the ocean as a function of tidal regime. Salinity is an indicator of the dynamic or conservative nature of mixing within the water body, and is one of the defining features of the structure of coastal waters. Most aquatic organisms function optimally within a narrow range of salinities, which has impact on the ecological balance and trophic structure of communities. Salinity categories and ranges for CMECS are provided in Table 5.2.","UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization). 1981. “The Practical Salinity Scale 1978 and he International Equation of State of Seawater 1980.” Appendix I, Tenth Report of the Joint Panel on Oceanographic Tables and Standards. Paris: UNESCO. UNESCO Technical Papers in Marine Science No. 36.",1.1.0,W,s,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001630,CMECS_00001630,Original Unit,,, +Water Column Component,Salinity Regime,,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent,"Salinity in seawater results from a concentration of salts including bromine, iodine, and (principally) sodium chloride. Salinity is measured as a dimensionless conductivity ratio on the practical salinity scale (PSS), which was established by the IAPSO (International Association for the Physical Sciences of the Oceans) in 1978 (UNESCO 1981). Most marine waters have salinities between 34 and 35, while in estuaries and coastal waters salinity can vary considerably from zero to hyperhaline (greater than or equal to 40). In estuaries, the salinity distribution is a function of direct precipitation, the influx of freshwater supplied by rivers, groundwater sources and runoff from the land and marine water supplied by exchange with the ocean as a function of tidal regime. Salinity is an indicator of the dynamic or conservative nature of mixing within the water body, and is one of the defining features of the structure of coastal waters. Most aquatic organisms function optimally within a narrow range of salinities, which has impact on the ecological balance and trophic structure of communities. Salinity categories and ranges for CMECS are provided in Table 5.2.","UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization). 1981. �The Practical Salinity Scale 1978 and he International Equation of State of Seawater 1980.� Appendix I, Tenth Report of the Joint Panel on Oceanographic Tables and Standards. Paris: UNESCO. UNESCO Technical Papers in Marine Science No. 36.",1.1.0,W,s,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001630,CMECS_00001630,Original Unit,,, Water Column Component,Salinity Regime,Oligohaline Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Salinity Regime,Salinity (PSS) < 5,,1.1.0,W,s1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000605,CMECS_00000605,Original Unit,,, Water Column Component,Salinity Regime,Mesohaline Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Salinity Regime,Salinity (PSS) 5 to < 18,,1.1.0,W,s2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000534,CMECS_00000534,Original Unit,,, Water Column Component,Salinity Regime,Lower Polyhaline Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Salinity Regime,Salinity (PSS) 18 to < 25,,1.1.0,W,s3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000482,CMECS_00000482,Original Unit,,, Water Column Component,Salinity Regime,Upper Polyhaline Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Salinity Regime,Salinity (PSS) 25 to < 30,,1.1.0,W,s4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000870,CMECS_00000870,Original Unit,,, Water Column Component,Salinity Regime,Euhaline Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Salinity Regime,Salinity (PSS) 30 to < 40,,1.1.0,W,s5,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000327,CMECS_00000327,Original Unit,,, Water Column Component,Salinity Regime,Hyperhaline Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Salinity Regime,Salinity (PSS) greater than or equal to 40,,1.1.0,W,s6,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000428,CMECS_00000428,Original Unit,,, -Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent,"Temperature is a measure of kinetic energy, and in most cases decreases with depth in the water column. The mean temperature of oceanic seawater, which by volume is principally at depth, is generally low, 0 – 5o C, but higher in the water column temperatures tend to converge toward air temperature at the surface. Marine waters are structured vertically with a mixed surface layer having little gradient in temperature, a thermocline with a highly variable gradient, and underlying waters with little stratification. A thermocline is established between an upper layer of one temperature and a lower layer of another and can be seasonal or permanent depending on the circulation and weather patterns. Pronounced thermoclines occur in the tropics, and essentially none occur in Polar Regions. In estuaries, temperatures are more variable because waters are shallower and under more influence of the temperature of inflowing freshwaters or of tidal marine waters. Temperature has a considerable impact on ecosystem functioning, affecting photosynthesis, growth, metabolism, and mobility of organisms. Rates of microbial processes of decomposition, nitrogen fixation and denitrification generally double with each increase of 10o C. Organisms tolerate a particular temperature range, and the temperature optimum range may span only a few degrees. The solubility of gases and pH are dependent on temperature, and temperature influences the ability of water to hold oxygen or oxic status. -Temperature categories are established in intervals of sufficient range and resolution to provide meaningful ecological differences yet yield a parsimonious number of categories. Temperature categories are based on the British Columbia Marine Ecological Classification for Canada (Howes, Harper, and Owens 1994, Zacharias et al. 1998, Resource Information Standards Committee 2002), modified to add the higher temperature ranges typical of the subtropics and tropics. Categories for water mass temperature are established in Table 5.3.","Howes, D. E., J. R. Harper, and E. Owens. 1994. British Columbia Physical Shore-zone Mapping System. British Columbia, Canada: Resource Inventory Committee.|Zacharias, M. A., D. E. Howes, J. R. Harper, and P. Wainwright. 1998. “The British Columbia Marine Ecosystem Classification: Rationale, Development, and Verification.” Coastal Management 26: 105–124.|Resource Information Standards Committee. 2002. British Columbia Marine Ecological Classification: Marine Ecosections and Ecounits, Version 2. British Columbia, Canada: Resources Information Standards Committee.",1.1.0,W,t,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000822,CMECS_00000822,Original Unit,,, -Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,Frozen/Superchilled Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Temperature Regime,0°C and below,,1.1.0,W,t1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001462,CMECS_00001462,Original Unit,,, -Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,Very Cold Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Temperature Regime,0°C to < 5°C (liquid),,1.1.0,W,t2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000880,CMECS_00000880,Original Unit,,, -Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,Cold Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Temperature Regime,5°C to < 10°C,,1.1.0,W,t3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000180,CMECS_00000180,Original Unit,,, -Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,Cool Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Temperature Regime,10°C to < 15°C,,1.1.0,W,t4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000190,CMECS_00000190,Original Unit,,, -Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,Moderate Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Temperature Regime,15°C to < 20°C,,1.1.0,W,t5,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000563,CMECS_00000563,Original Unit,,, -Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,Warm Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Temperature Regime,20°C to < 25°C,,1.1.0,W,t6,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000889,CMECS_00000889,Original Unit,,, -Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,Very Warm Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Temperature Regime,25°C to < 30°C,,1.1.0,W,t7,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000885,CMECS_00000885,Original Unit,,, -Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,Hot Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Temperature Regime,30°C to < 35°C,,1.1.0,W,t8,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000421,CMECS_00000421,Original Unit,,, -Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,Very Hot Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Temperature Regime,Greater than or equal to 35°C,,1.1.0,W,t9,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000883,CMECS_00000883,Original Unit,,, +Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent,"Temperature is a measure of kinetic energy, and in most cases decreases with depth in the water column. The mean temperature of oceanic seawater, which by volume is principally at depth, is generally low, 0 � 5o C, but higher in the water column temperatures tend to converge toward air temperature at the surface. Marine waters are structured vertically with a mixed surface layer having little gradient in temperature, a thermocline with a highly variable gradient, and underlying waters with little stratification. A thermocline is established between an upper layer of one temperature and a lower layer of another and can be seasonal or permanent depending on the circulation and weather patterns. Pronounced thermoclines occur in the tropics, and essentially none occur in Polar Regions. In estuaries, temperatures are more variable because waters are shallower and under more influence of the temperature of inflowing freshwaters or of tidal marine waters. Temperature has a considerable impact on ecosystem functioning, affecting photosynthesis, growth, metabolism, and mobility of organisms. Rates of microbial processes of decomposition, nitrogen fixation and denitrification generally double with each increase of 10o C. Organisms tolerate a particular temperature range, and the temperature optimum range may span only a few degrees. The solubility of gases and pH are dependent on temperature, and temperature influences the ability of water to hold oxygen or oxic status. +Temperature categories are established in intervals of sufficient range and resolution to provide meaningful ecological differences yet yield a parsimonious number of categories. Temperature categories are based on the British Columbia Marine Ecological Classification for Canada (Howes, Harper, and Owens 1994, Zacharias et al. 1998, Resource Information Standards Committee 2002), modified to add the higher temperature ranges typical of the subtropics and tropics. Categories for water mass temperature are established in Table 5.3.","Howes, D. E., J. R. Harper, and E. Owens. 1994. British Columbia Physical Shore-zone Mapping System. British Columbia, Canada: Resource Inventory Committee.|Zacharias, M. A., D. E. Howes, J. R. Harper, and P. Wainwright. 1998. �The British Columbia Marine Ecosystem Classification: Rationale, Development, and Verification.� Coastal Management 26: 105�124.|Resource Information Standards Committee. 2002. British Columbia Marine Ecological Classification: Marine Ecosections and Ecounits, Version 2. British Columbia, Canada: Resources Information Standards Committee.",1.1.0,W,t,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000822,CMECS_00000822,Original Unit,,, +Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,Frozen/Superchilled Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Temperature Regime,0�C and below,,1.1.0,W,t1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001462,CMECS_00001462,Original Unit,,, +Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,Very Cold Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Temperature Regime,0�C to < 5�C (liquid),,1.1.0,W,t2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000880,CMECS_00000880,Original Unit,,, +Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,Cold Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Temperature Regime,5�C to < 10�C,,1.1.0,W,t3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000180,CMECS_00000180,Original Unit,,, +Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,Cool Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Temperature Regime,10�C to < 15�C,,1.1.0,W,t4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000190,CMECS_00000190,Original Unit,,, +Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,Moderate Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Temperature Regime,15�C to < 20�C,,1.1.0,W,t5,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000563,CMECS_00000563,Original Unit,,, +Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,Warm Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Temperature Regime,20�C to < 25�C,,1.1.0,W,t6,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000889,CMECS_00000889,Original Unit,,, +Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,Very Warm Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Temperature Regime,25�C to < 30�C,,1.1.0,W,t7,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000885,CMECS_00000885,Original Unit,,, +Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,Hot Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Temperature Regime,30�C to < 35�C,,1.1.0,W,t8,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000421,CMECS_00000421,Original Unit,,, +Water Column Component,Temperature Regime,Very Hot Water,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Temperature Regime,Greater than or equal to 35�C,,1.1.0,W,t9,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000883,CMECS_00000883,Original Unit,,, Water Column Component,Hydroform,,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent,"Hydroforms are physical entities that have a coherent, definable structure with identifiable boundaries and characteristic physical properties. The Hydroform Subcomponent is a hierarchy of three levels consisting of Hydroform Classes, Hydroforms and Hydroform Types. Hydroforms are ecologically important because they shape their environment by creating gradients, surfaces, barriers, compartments and energy vectors. They strongly influence the distribution and condition of biota and often act as habitat by creating a complex environmental structure, by facilitating and enhancing transport of materials and energy, cycling nutrients, providing refugia, aggregating food resources, and providing migration paths. They influence the transfer of heat, salts, oxygen, carbon dioxide, trace elements, momentum, predicted trajectory, temporal persistence and associated fauna. Hydroforms vary extensively in size, volume, areal extent, persistence, and ecological significance. In this standard hydroforms are represented conceptually as the average expression of their defining characteristics. The boundaries of the hydroforms are to be determined by methodology, technology limits, user objectives and application and lie along a continuum. Implementation guidance will be developed to assist in determining quantitative cutoffs that define their boundaries.",,1.1.0,W,h,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000423,CMECS_00000423,Original Unit,,, Water Column Component,Hydroform,Current,,,,CMECS Water Column Subcomponent: Hydroform ,"Water that is undergoing coherent mass movement, either as laminar or turbulent flow, relative to surrounding waters and fixed structural, landform or geologic features. A directional, coherently flowing water mass. Currents operate on a wide range of temporal and spatial scales from huge ocean gyres and major surface and deep-water currents of the ocean operating on annual timescales to tidal currents that operate on sub daily timescales. However, all currents have features in common: the advective movement and transport of water, constituents (such as particulates and dissolved compounds), qualities (such as temperature and salinity) and biota (such as plankton, nekton, and megafauna). Currents are driven by gravity flow, geostrophic flow, density differences, hydraulic differential or energy input. They may be isolated from land and freely flowing in the water column as is the Gulf Stream, or they may be in channelized flow or long-shore flow. Currents that impact land also shape the littoral zone or sea bottom by winnowing sediments, physically mixing or shearing substrates and biota and creating geoforms such as sand ripples and bars.",,1.1.0,W,h1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000213,CMECS_00000213,Original Unit,,, @@ -1527,23 +1527,23 @@ Modifiers,Biogeographic Modifiers,Primary Water Source,River,,,CMECS Modifier Va Modifiers,Biogeographic Modifiers,Primary Water Source,Watershed,,,CMECS Modifier Value,Flowing freshwater from the upstream watershed.,,1.1.0,None,PWS06,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000898,CMECS_00000898,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Biological Modifers,,,,,CMECS Modifier Type,,,1.1.0,None,None,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000105,CMECS_00000105,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Associated Taxa (Descriptive: Taxa Name),,,,CMECS Modifier,"The Associated Taxa Modifier is used in the Biotic Component to denote the presence of biota that are not a classification unit in CMECS; e.g., portunid crabs, groupers, gadids, barracuda, herring, all nekton, and other rapidly moving fauna. Further discussions on the use of Associated Taxa (as well as examples) are given under Co-occurring Elements, Section 10.6.2.",,1.1.0,None,AT,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000044,CMECS_00000044,Original Unit,Attribute Change (Implementation Guidance),"Further discussions on the use of Associated Taxa (as well as examples) are given under Co-occurring Elements, Section 10.6.2", -Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Community Successional Stage,,,,CMECS Modifier," In the ecological literature, successional stage is a concept used to characterize identifiable points along a continuum of sequential—and somewhat predictable—replacements of taxa following a major disturbance which opens up a relatively large space. These stages are based in part on the differing organism life-history strategies of biota, and in part on their resulting modifications to the physical environment (Odum 1969; Ritter, Montagna, and Applebaum 2005). Rosenberg (1976) pointed out that the same basic pattern of succession is seen in soft-sediment environments in many different parts of the world, in response to various stressors (e.g., organic input, temperature stress, or low oxygen), noting that species composition (but not the basic pattern) differs among settings. Early work on infaunal marine succession recognized that this process is a complex and continually varying response to a history of disturbance, and that “there is a complete spectrum in nature” (Johnson 1972). Nonetheless, there is (along this spectrum) a predictable pattern to benthic community structure that follows levels of stress and disturbance, and this is a very useful construct in understanding the environment (Rosenberg 2001). CMECS provides four modifiers for Community Stage in soft-sediment areas; these have been described previously (Pearson and Rosenberg 1976, 1978; Rhoads and Germano 1982, 1986; Nilsson and Rosenberg 1997, 2000) and are shown in Figure 10.1.","Odum, E. P. 1969. “The Strategy of Ecosystem Development.” Science 164: 262–270.|Ritter, C., P. A. Montagna, and S. Applebaum. 2005. “Short-Term Succession Dynamics of Macrobenthos in a Salinity Stressed Estuary.” Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 323: 57–69.|Rosenberg, R. 1976. “Benthic Faunal Dynamics during Succession Following Pollution Abatement in a Swedish Estuary.” Oikos 27: 414–427.|Johnson, R. G. 1972. “Conceptual Models of Benthic Marine Communities.” In Models in Paleobiology, 148–159. Edited by T. J. M. Schopf. San Francisco, CA: Freeman, Cooper and Company.|Rosenberg, R. 2001. “Marine Benthic Faunal Successional Stages and Related Sedimentary Activity.” Scientia Marina 65: 107–119.|Pearson, T. H., and R. Rosenberg. 1976. “A Comparative Study of the Effects on the Marine Environment of Wastes from Cellulose Industries in Scotland and Sweden.” Ambio 5: 77–79.|Pearson, T. H., and R. Rosenberg. 1978. “Macrobenthic Succession in Relation to Organic Enrichment and Pollution of the Marine Environment.” Oceanography and Marine Biology: An Annual Review 16: 229–311.|Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1982. “Characterization of Organism-Sediment Relationships Using Sediment Profile Imaging: An Efficient Method of Remote Ecological Monitoring of the Seafloor (REMOTS® System).” Marine Ecology Progress Series 8: 115–128.|Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1986. “Interpreting Long-Term Changes in Benthic Community Structure: A New Protocol.” Hydrobiologia 142: 291–308.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 1997. “Benthic Habitat Quality Assessment of an Oxygen Stressed Fjord by Surface and Sediment Profile Images.” Journal of Marine Systems 11: 249–264.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 2000. “Succession in Marine Benthic Habitats and Fauna in Response to Oxygen Deficiency: Analyzed by Sediment Profile Imaging and by Grab Samples.” Marine Ecology Progress Series 197: 139–149.",1.1.0,None,CSS,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000182,CMECS_00000182,Original Unit,,"The Community Successional Stage modifier is intended for use in the Biotic Component, Faunal Bed Class, Soft-sediment Fauna Subclass.", -Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Community Successional Stage,Stage 0,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"These oligozoic soft-sediment areas show little evidence of multi-cellular life; however, benthic samples that are retrieved and processed under magnification from Stage 0 stations will generally produce low numbers of small macrofauna or meiofauna. Multicellular fauna will not be obvious to the unassisted eye when examining sediment, and it will not be obvious in high-resolution images of the seafloor. Bacterial mats may be present. If examining sediment profile images, guidelines from Rhoads and Germano (1982, 1986) can be followed or the Nilsson-Rosenberg BHQ metrics (Nilsson and Rosenberg 1997, 2000) can be used (BHQ values for Stage 0 will range from 0 to 1.99). No evidence of active bioturbation exists, and aRPD depths are typically < 2 millimeters.","Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1982. “Characterization of Organism-Sediment Relationships Using Sediment Profile Imaging: An Efficient Method of Remote Ecological Monitoring of the Seafloor (REMOTS® System).” Marine Ecology Progress Series 8: 115–128.|Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1986. “Interpreting Long-Term Changes in Benthic Community Structure: A New Protocol.” Hydrobiologia 142: 291–308.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 1997. “Benthic Habitat Quality Assessment of an Oxygen Stressed Fjord by Surface and Sediment Profile Images.” Journal of Marine Systems 11: 249–264.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 2000. “Succession in Marine Benthic Habitats and Fauna in Response to Oxygen Deficiency: Analyzed by Sediment Profile Imaging and by Grab Samples.” Marine Ecology Progress Series 197: 139–149.",1.1.0,None,CSS01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000789,CMECS_00000789,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Community Successional Stage,Stage 1,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"These associations are inhabited by small opportunistic fauna (e.g., capitellids and spionids) in the upper centimeter of sediment. Larger fauna are not present, although juvenile individuals of larger species may occur. Names of small, opportunistic local species typical of Stage 1 are available in the regional literature. Surface expressions include small tubes (< 2 millimeters in diameter) of polychaetes or other fauna, or evidence of oligochaete burrowing activities. Subsurface evidence of either small worms or small burrow structures will primarily occur in the upper centimeter of sediment. If examining sediment profile images, guidelines from Rhoads and Germano (1982, 1986) can be followed or the Nilsson-Rosenberg BHQ metrics (Nilsson and Rosenberg 1997, 2000) can be used (Stage 1 BHQ values will range from 2 to < 5). Bioturbation depths will be shallow, with an aRPD depth typically > 2 millimeters to < 2 centimeters.","Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1982. “Characterization of Organism-Sediment Relationships Using Sediment Profile Imaging: An Efficient Method of Remote Ecological Monitoring of the Seafloor (REMOTS® System).” Marine Ecology Progress Series 8: 115–128.|Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1986. “Interpreting Long-Term Changes in Benthic Community Structure: A New Protocol.” Hydrobiologia 142: 291–308.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 1997. “Benthic Habitat Quality Assessment of an Oxygen Stressed Fjord by Surface and Sediment Profile Images.” Journal of Marine Systems 11: 249–264.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 2000. “Succession in Marine Benthic Habitats and Fauna in Response to Oxygen Deficiency: Analyzed by Sediment Profile Imaging and by Grab Samples.” Marine Ecology Progress Series 197: 139–149.",1.1.0,None,CSS02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000790,CMECS_00000790,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Community Successional Stage,Stage 2,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Communities are characterized by fauna of intermediate sizes typically inhabiting the upper 2-4 centimeters of sediment. This stage is considered transitional and is often variable; in a percentage of samples it will be difficult to clearly distinguish Stage 2 from other stages within the continuous spectrum presented by natural environments. Regional literature identifying species typical of Stage 2 may be referenced. Surface evidence of Stage 2 communities includes openings to small burrows (defined as excavations with a lumen width < 1 centimeter) and the presence of mid-sized tube dwelling fauna (e.g., robust Ampelisca tube mats; tubes > 2 millimeters in diameter; or tubes longer than 30 millimeters if very thin). Subsurface evidence includes burrows of polychaetes or other fauna in the upper 2-4 centimeters of sediment, small shallow-dwelling opportunistic bivalves, and small feeding voids in the upper 4 centimeters of sediment. If examining sediment profile images, guidelines from Rhoads and Germano (1982, 1986) can be followed or the Nilsson-Rosenberg BHQ metrics (Nilsson and Rosenberg 1997, 2000) can be used (BHQ for Stage 2 will range from 5 to 10).","Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1982. “Characterization of Organism-Sediment Relationships Using Sediment Profile Imaging: An Efficient Method of Remote Ecological Monitoring of the Seafloor (REMOTS® System).” Marine Ecology Progress Series 8: 115–128.|Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1986. “Interpreting Long-Term Changes in Benthic Community Structure: A New Protocol.” Hydrobiologia 142: 291–308.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 1997. “Benthic Habitat Quality Assessment of an Oxygen Stressed Fjord by Surface and Sediment Profile Images.” Journal of Marine Systems 11: 249–264.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 2000. “Succession in Marine Benthic Habitats and Fauna in Response to Oxygen Deficiency: Analyzed by Sediment Profile Imaging and by Grab Samples.” Marine Ecology Progress Series 197: 139–149.",1.1.0,None,CSS03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000791,CMECS_00000791,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Community Successional Stage,Stage 3,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"These communities are identified by larger, long-lived, deep burrowing fauna or by evidence of the activities of those fauna; burrowing activities typically extend deeper than 5 centimeters. Characteristic species vary among localities and among environments; species can be identified through regionally appropriate literature. Common surface expression may include very large tube-building fauna (> 3 millimeters in diameter or > 30 mm in length), larger fecal mounds, burrowing urchins or ophiuroids, pits or tunnel openings (e.g., crustacean excavations with a lumen width of > 1 centimeter), or large digging spoils associated with pits or tunnels. Subsurface characteristics include oxygenated or active faunal feeding voids at 5 centimeters or deeper, active tunnels (subsurface excavations with a lumen width of > 1 centimeter) at depth, or presence of large polychaetes or other fauna. Frequently, evidence of smaller, opportunistic fauna will also be present in Stage 3 communities; these fauna are not necessarily eliminated by larger fauna. If evaluating sediment profile images, guidelines from Rhoads and Germano (1982, 1986) can be followed, or the Nilsson-Rosenberg Benthic Habitat Quality (BHQ) metric (Nilsson and Rosenberg 1997, 2000) can be used (Stage 3 will have BHQ > 10). Extensive bioturbation will be evidenced by deep RPD and aRPD depths.","Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1982. “Characterization of Organism-Sediment Relationships Using Sediment Profile Imaging: An Efficient Method of Remote Ecological Monitoring of the Seafloor (REMOTS® System).” Marine Ecology Progress Series 8: 115–128.|Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1986. “Interpreting Long-Term Changes in Benthic Community Structure: A New Protocol.” Hydrobiologia 142: 291–308.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 1997. “Benthic Habitat Quality Assessment of an Oxygen Stressed Fjord by Surface and Sediment Profile Images.” Journal of Marine Systems 11: 249–264.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 2000. “Succession in Marine Benthic Habitats and Fauna in Response to Oxygen Deficiency: Analyzed by Sediment Profile Imaging and by Grab Samples.” Marine Ecology Progress Series 197: 139–149.",1.1.0,None,CSS04,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000792,CMECS_00000792,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Invertebrate Community Organism Size,,,,CMECS Modifier,"The Invertebrate Community Organism Size modifier is intended for use in the Biotic Component, Faunal Bed Class. Ecological theory of community succession and disturbance posits that less frequently disturbed environments will provide the stability to support longer-lived communities of larger organisms, while frequently disturbed environments will be characterized by smaller and shorter-lived organisms. Faunal Bed communities are often complex, with a wide range of individual organisms and species occurring in many sizes to fill a variety of ecological niches. CMECS provides a coarse set of Organism Size Modifiers to describe Faunal Bed communities through sizes of the larger organisms that are evident in an observational unit. Many different methods have historically been proposed to distinguish macrofauna from megafauna—ranging from “visible to the unassisted eye,” to retention on various screen sizes, to inclusion only of +Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Community Successional Stage,,,,CMECS Modifier," In the ecological literature, successional stage is a concept used to characterize identifiable points along a continuum of sequential�and somewhat predictable�replacements of taxa following a major disturbance which opens up a relatively large space. These stages are based in part on the differing organism life-history strategies of biota, and in part on their resulting modifications to the physical environment (Odum 1969; Ritter, Montagna, and Applebaum 2005). Rosenberg (1976) pointed out that the same basic pattern of succession is seen in soft-sediment environments in many different parts of the world, in response to various stressors (e.g., organic input, temperature stress, or low oxygen), noting that species composition (but not the basic pattern) differs among settings. Early work on infaunal marine succession recognized that this process is a complex and continually varying response to a history of disturbance, and that �there is a complete spectrum in nature� (Johnson 1972). Nonetheless, there is (along this spectrum) a predictable pattern to benthic community structure that follows levels of stress and disturbance, and this is a very useful construct in understanding the environment (Rosenberg 2001). CMECS provides four modifiers for Community Stage in soft-sediment areas; these have been described previously (Pearson and Rosenberg 1976, 1978; Rhoads and Germano 1982, 1986; Nilsson and Rosenberg 1997, 2000) and are shown in Figure 10.1.","Odum, E. P. 1969. �The Strategy of Ecosystem Development.� Science 164: 262�270.|Ritter, C., P. A. Montagna, and S. Applebaum. 2005. �Short-Term Succession Dynamics of Macrobenthos in a Salinity Stressed Estuary.� Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 323: 57�69.|Rosenberg, R. 1976. �Benthic Faunal Dynamics during Succession Following Pollution Abatement in a Swedish Estuary.� Oikos 27: 414�427.|Johnson, R. G. 1972. �Conceptual Models of Benthic Marine Communities.� In Models in Paleobiology, 148�159. Edited by T. J. M. Schopf. San Francisco, CA: Freeman, Cooper and Company.|Rosenberg, R. 2001. �Marine Benthic Faunal Successional Stages and Related Sedimentary Activity.� Scientia Marina 65: 107�119.|Pearson, T. H., and R. Rosenberg. 1976. �A Comparative Study of the Effects on the Marine Environment of Wastes from Cellulose Industries in Scotland and Sweden.� Ambio 5: 77�79.|Pearson, T. H., and R. Rosenberg. 1978. �Macrobenthic Succession in Relation to Organic Enrichment and Pollution of the Marine Environment.� Oceanography and Marine Biology: An Annual Review 16: 229�311.|Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1982. �Characterization of Organism-Sediment Relationships Using Sediment Profile Imaging: An Efficient Method of Remote Ecological Monitoring of the Seafloor (REMOTS� System).� Marine Ecology Progress Series 8: 115�128.|Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1986. �Interpreting Long-Term Changes in Benthic Community Structure: A New Protocol.� Hydrobiologia 142: 291�308.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 1997. �Benthic Habitat Quality Assessment of an Oxygen Stressed Fjord by Surface and Sediment Profile Images.� Journal of Marine Systems 11: 249�264.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 2000. �Succession in Marine Benthic Habitats and Fauna in Response to Oxygen Deficiency: Analyzed by Sediment Profile Imaging and by Grab Samples.� Marine Ecology Progress Series 197: 139�149.",1.1.0,None,CSS,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000182,CMECS_00000182,Original Unit,,"The Community Successional Stage modifier is intended for use in the Biotic Component, Faunal Bed Class, Soft-sediment Fauna Subclass.", +Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Community Successional Stage,Stage 0,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"These oligozoic soft-sediment areas show little evidence of multi-cellular life; however, benthic samples that are retrieved and processed under magnification from Stage 0 stations will generally produce low numbers of small macrofauna or meiofauna. Multicellular fauna will not be obvious to the unassisted eye when examining sediment, and it will not be obvious in high-resolution images of the seafloor. Bacterial mats may be present. If examining sediment profile images, guidelines from Rhoads and Germano (1982, 1986) can be followed or the Nilsson-Rosenberg BHQ metrics (Nilsson and Rosenberg 1997, 2000) can be used (BHQ values for Stage 0 will range from 0 to 1.99). No evidence of active bioturbation exists, and aRPD depths are typically < 2 millimeters.","Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1982. �Characterization of Organism-Sediment Relationships Using Sediment Profile Imaging: An Efficient Method of Remote Ecological Monitoring of the Seafloor (REMOTS� System).� Marine Ecology Progress Series 8: 115�128.|Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1986. �Interpreting Long-Term Changes in Benthic Community Structure: A New Protocol.� Hydrobiologia 142: 291�308.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 1997. �Benthic Habitat Quality Assessment of an Oxygen Stressed Fjord by Surface and Sediment Profile Images.� Journal of Marine Systems 11: 249�264.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 2000. �Succession in Marine Benthic Habitats and Fauna in Response to Oxygen Deficiency: Analyzed by Sediment Profile Imaging and by Grab Samples.� Marine Ecology Progress Series 197: 139�149.",1.1.0,None,CSS01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000789,CMECS_00000789,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Community Successional Stage,Stage 1,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"These associations are inhabited by small opportunistic fauna (e.g., capitellids and spionids) in the upper centimeter of sediment. Larger fauna are not present, although juvenile individuals of larger species may occur. Names of small, opportunistic local species typical of Stage 1 are available in the regional literature. Surface expressions include small tubes (< 2 millimeters in diameter) of polychaetes or other fauna, or evidence of oligochaete burrowing activities. Subsurface evidence of either small worms or small burrow structures will primarily occur in the upper centimeter of sediment. If examining sediment profile images, guidelines from Rhoads and Germano (1982, 1986) can be followed or the Nilsson-Rosenberg BHQ metrics (Nilsson and Rosenberg 1997, 2000) can be used (Stage 1 BHQ values will range from 2 to < 5). Bioturbation depths will be shallow, with an aRPD depth typically > 2 millimeters to < 2 centimeters.","Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1982. �Characterization of Organism-Sediment Relationships Using Sediment Profile Imaging: An Efficient Method of Remote Ecological Monitoring of the Seafloor (REMOTS� System).� Marine Ecology Progress Series 8: 115�128.|Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1986. �Interpreting Long-Term Changes in Benthic Community Structure: A New Protocol.� Hydrobiologia 142: 291�308.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 1997. �Benthic Habitat Quality Assessment of an Oxygen Stressed Fjord by Surface and Sediment Profile Images.� Journal of Marine Systems 11: 249�264.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 2000. �Succession in Marine Benthic Habitats and Fauna in Response to Oxygen Deficiency: Analyzed by Sediment Profile Imaging and by Grab Samples.� Marine Ecology Progress Series 197: 139�149.",1.1.0,None,CSS02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000790,CMECS_00000790,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Community Successional Stage,Stage 2,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Communities are characterized by fauna of intermediate sizes typically inhabiting the upper 2-4 centimeters of sediment. This stage is considered transitional and is often variable; in a percentage of samples it will be difficult to clearly distinguish Stage 2 from other stages within the continuous spectrum presented by natural environments. Regional literature identifying species typical of Stage 2 may be referenced. Surface evidence of Stage 2 communities includes openings to small burrows (defined as excavations with a lumen width < 1 centimeter) and the presence of mid-sized tube dwelling fauna (e.g., robust Ampelisca tube mats; tubes > 2 millimeters in diameter; or tubes longer than 30 millimeters if very thin). Subsurface evidence includes burrows of polychaetes or other fauna in the upper 2-4 centimeters of sediment, small shallow-dwelling opportunistic bivalves, and small feeding voids in the upper 4 centimeters of sediment. If examining sediment profile images, guidelines from Rhoads and Germano (1982, 1986) can be followed or the Nilsson-Rosenberg BHQ metrics (Nilsson and Rosenberg 1997, 2000) can be used (BHQ for Stage 2 will range from 5 to 10).","Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1982. �Characterization of Organism-Sediment Relationships Using Sediment Profile Imaging: An Efficient Method of Remote Ecological Monitoring of the Seafloor (REMOTS� System).� Marine Ecology Progress Series 8: 115�128.|Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1986. �Interpreting Long-Term Changes in Benthic Community Structure: A New Protocol.� Hydrobiologia 142: 291�308.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 1997. �Benthic Habitat Quality Assessment of an Oxygen Stressed Fjord by Surface and Sediment Profile Images.� Journal of Marine Systems 11: 249�264.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 2000. �Succession in Marine Benthic Habitats and Fauna in Response to Oxygen Deficiency: Analyzed by Sediment Profile Imaging and by Grab Samples.� Marine Ecology Progress Series 197: 139�149.",1.1.0,None,CSS03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000791,CMECS_00000791,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Community Successional Stage,Stage 3,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"These communities are identified by larger, long-lived, deep burrowing fauna or by evidence of the activities of those fauna; burrowing activities typically extend deeper than 5 centimeters. Characteristic species vary among localities and among environments; species can be identified through regionally appropriate literature. Common surface expression may include very large tube-building fauna (> 3 millimeters in diameter or > 30 mm in length), larger fecal mounds, burrowing urchins or ophiuroids, pits or tunnel openings (e.g., crustacean excavations with a lumen width of > 1 centimeter), or large digging spoils associated with pits or tunnels. Subsurface characteristics include oxygenated or active faunal feeding voids at 5 centimeters or deeper, active tunnels (subsurface excavations with a lumen width of > 1 centimeter) at depth, or presence of large polychaetes or other fauna. Frequently, evidence of smaller, opportunistic fauna will also be present in Stage 3 communities; these fauna are not necessarily eliminated by larger fauna. If evaluating sediment profile images, guidelines from Rhoads and Germano (1982, 1986) can be followed, or the Nilsson-Rosenberg Benthic Habitat Quality (BHQ) metric (Nilsson and Rosenberg 1997, 2000) can be used (Stage 3 will have BHQ > 10). Extensive bioturbation will be evidenced by deep RPD and aRPD depths.","Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1982. �Characterization of Organism-Sediment Relationships Using Sediment Profile Imaging: An Efficient Method of Remote Ecological Monitoring of the Seafloor (REMOTS� System).� Marine Ecology Progress Series 8: 115�128.|Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1986. �Interpreting Long-Term Changes in Benthic Community Structure: A New Protocol.� Hydrobiologia 142: 291�308.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 1997. �Benthic Habitat Quality Assessment of an Oxygen Stressed Fjord by Surface and Sediment Profile Images.� Journal of Marine Systems 11: 249�264.|Nilsson, H. C., and R. Rosenberg. 2000. �Succession in Marine Benthic Habitats and Fauna in Response to Oxygen Deficiency: Analyzed by Sediment Profile Imaging and by Grab Samples.� Marine Ecology Progress Series 197: 139�149.",1.1.0,None,CSS04,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000792,CMECS_00000792,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Invertebrate Community Organism Size,,,,CMECS Modifier,"The Invertebrate Community Organism Size modifier is intended for use in the Biotic Component, Faunal Bed Class. Ecological theory of community succession and disturbance posits that less frequently disturbed environments will provide the stability to support longer-lived communities of larger organisms, while frequently disturbed environments will be characterized by smaller and shorter-lived organisms. Faunal Bed communities are often complex, with a wide range of individual organisms and species occurring in many sizes to fill a variety of ecological niches. CMECS provides a coarse set of Organism Size Modifiers to describe Faunal Bed communities through sizes of the larger organisms that are evident in an observational unit. Many different methods have historically been proposed to distinguish macrofauna from megafauna�ranging from �visible to the unassisted eye,� to retention on various screen sizes, to inclusion only of much larger organisms. The CMECS criterion used to identify megafauna is a body size > 1 cm (in the smallest dimension). Importantly, this modifier describes the defining, significant, or dominant organisms that best characterize a community, recognizing that most communities include a variety of organisms that occur in both large and small individual sizes.",,1.1.0,None,ICO,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000440,CMECS_00000440,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Invertebrate Community Organism Size,Large Megafauna,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Benthic invertebrate communities that are dominated by organisms that typically reach a body size of > 3 to 10 centimeters in the smallest dimension (e.g., height, width), with this measurement not to include the length of slender, lateral protrusions (such as arms or tentacles).",,1.1.0,None,ICOS01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000459,CMECS_00000459,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Invertebrate Community Organism Size,Megafauna,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Benthic invertebrate communities that are dominated by organisms that typically reach a body size of > 1 to 3 centimeters in the smallest dimension (e.g., height, width), with this measurement not to include the length of slender, lateral protrusions (such as arms or tentacles). These communities may be identified by evidence of these fauna (e.g., large mounds or pit or tunnel openings of > 1 to 3 centimeters).",,1.1.0,None,ICOS02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000529,CMECS_00000529,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Invertebrate Community Organism Size,Large Macrofauna,,,CMECS Modifier Value,Benthic invertebrate communities that are dominated by organisms with a body width (smallest dimension) of > 2 millimeters to 1 centimeter; living organisms larger than this size range are rare in these infaunal or epifaunal associations.,,1.1.0,None,ICOS03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000458,CMECS_00000458,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Invertebrate Community Organism Size,Small Macrofauna,,,CMECS Modifier Value,Benthic invertebrate communities that are dominated by organisms with a body width (smallest dimension) of > 0.5 to 2 millimeters; living organisms larger than this size range are rare in these infaunal or epifaunal associations.,,1.1.0,None,ICOS04,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000769,CMECS_00000769,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Invertebrate Community Organism Size,Meiofauna,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Benthic invertebrate communities that are dominated by organisms with a body width (smallest dimension) of 0.5 mm or less, that would typically pass through an 0.5 mm sieve but be retained on an 0.25 mm sieve. Living organisms larger than this size range are rare in the infaunal or epifaunal association; the modifier may be applied to any classification unit within Faunal Bed.",,1.1.0,None,ICOS05,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000531,CMECS_00000531,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Phytoplankton Productivity,,,,CMECS Modifier,"Productivity is a general categorization of the level of primary productivity—that is, the photosynthetic activity of autotrophs, including plankton, benthic microalgae, macroalgae, and vascular vegetation. The density of phytoplankton can be estimated by measuring the level of chlorophyll a in the water column, since all phytoplankton contain this fluorescent pigment enabling the harvesting of light. This measure also indirectly reflects the abundance of dissolved labile macronutrients (DIN and DIP), which phytoplankton use in photosynthetic processes. In broad terms, chlorophyll a content reflects net productivity, giving an indication of the trophic status of the system or the balance of primary production; secondary consumption by zooplankton, fish, and predators; and export from the system. Productivity is indicated by chlorophyll a concentration in water columns and by total biomass in macroalgal and rooted vascular plant communities. For water column phytoplankton communities, the modifier categories were derived, with modification, from the NOAA Estuarine Eutrophication Survey (NOAA 1997).","NOAA (National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration). 1997. NOAA’s Estuarine Eutrophication Survey, Vol. 4: Gulf of Mexico Region. Silver Spring, MD: NOAA, Office of Ocean Resources and Assessment.",1.1.0,None,PP,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000643,CMECS_00000643,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Phytoplankton Productivity,Oligotrophic (Phytoplankton Productivity),,,CMECS Modifier Value,Less than 5 µg/L chlorophyll a,,1.1.0,None,PP01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001535,CMECS_00001535,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Phytoplankton Productivity,Mesotrophic (Phytoplankton Productivity),,,CMECS Modifier Value,5 to less than 50 µg/L chlorophyll a,,1.1.0,None,PP02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001510,CMECS_00001510,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Phytoplankton Productivity,Eutrophic (Phytoplankton Productivity),,,CMECS Modifier Value,Greater than or equal to 50 µg/L chlorophyll a,,1.1.0,None,PP03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001448,CMECS_00001448,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Macrovegetation Productivity,,,,CMECS Modifier,"Productivity is a general categorization of the level of primary productivity—that is, the photosynthetic activity of autotrophs, including plankton, benthic microalgae, macroalgae, and vascular vegetation. The density of phytoplankton can be estimated by measuring the level of chlorophyll a in the water column, since all phytoplankton contain this fluorescent pigment enabling the harvesting of light. This measure also indirectly reflects the abundance of dissolved labile macronutrients (DIN and DIP), which phytoplankton use in photosynthetic processes. In broad terms, chlorophyll a content reflects net productivity, giving an indication of the trophic status of the system or the balance of primary production; secondary consumption by zooplankton, fish, and predators; and export from the system. Productivity is indicated by chlorophyll a concentration in water columns and by total biomass in macroalgal and rooted vascular plant communities. For water column phytoplankton communities, the modifier categories were derived, with modification, from the NOAA Estuarine Eutrophication Survey (NOAA 1997).","NOAA (National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration). 1997. NOAA’s Estuarine Eutrophication Survey, Vol. 4: Gulf of Mexico Region. Silver Spring, MD: NOAA, Office of Ocean Resources and Assessment.",1.1.0,None,MP,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000485,CMECS_00000485,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Phytoplankton Productivity,,,,CMECS Modifier,"Productivity is a general categorization of the level of primary productivity�that is, the photosynthetic activity of autotrophs, including plankton, benthic microalgae, macroalgae, and vascular vegetation. The density of phytoplankton can be estimated by measuring the level of chlorophyll a in the water column, since all phytoplankton contain this fluorescent pigment enabling the harvesting of light. This measure also indirectly reflects the abundance of dissolved labile macronutrients (DIN and DIP), which phytoplankton use in photosynthetic processes. In broad terms, chlorophyll a content reflects net productivity, giving an indication of the trophic status of the system or the balance of primary production; secondary consumption by zooplankton, fish, and predators; and export from the system. Productivity is indicated by chlorophyll a concentration in water columns and by total biomass in macroalgal and rooted vascular plant communities. For water column phytoplankton communities, the modifier categories were derived, with modification, from the NOAA Estuarine Eutrophication Survey (NOAA 1997).","NOAA (National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration). 1997. NOAA�s Estuarine Eutrophication Survey, Vol. 4: Gulf of Mexico Region. Silver Spring, MD: NOAA, Office of Ocean Resources and Assessment.",1.1.0,None,PP,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000643,CMECS_00000643,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Phytoplankton Productivity,Oligotrophic (Phytoplankton Productivity),,,CMECS Modifier Value,Less than 5 �g/L chlorophyll a,,1.1.0,None,PP01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001535,CMECS_00001535,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Phytoplankton Productivity,Mesotrophic (Phytoplankton Productivity),,,CMECS Modifier Value,5 to less than 50 �g/L chlorophyll a,,1.1.0,None,PP02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001510,CMECS_00001510,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Phytoplankton Productivity,Eutrophic (Phytoplankton Productivity),,,CMECS Modifier Value,Greater than or equal to 50 �g/L chlorophyll a,,1.1.0,None,PP03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001448,CMECS_00001448,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Macrovegetation Productivity,,,,CMECS Modifier,"Productivity is a general categorization of the level of primary productivity�that is, the photosynthetic activity of autotrophs, including plankton, benthic microalgae, macroalgae, and vascular vegetation. The density of phytoplankton can be estimated by measuring the level of chlorophyll a in the water column, since all phytoplankton contain this fluorescent pigment enabling the harvesting of light. This measure also indirectly reflects the abundance of dissolved labile macronutrients (DIN and DIP), which phytoplankton use in photosynthetic processes. In broad terms, chlorophyll a content reflects net productivity, giving an indication of the trophic status of the system or the balance of primary production; secondary consumption by zooplankton, fish, and predators; and export from the system. Productivity is indicated by chlorophyll a concentration in water columns and by total biomass in macroalgal and rooted vascular plant communities. For water column phytoplankton communities, the modifier categories were derived, with modification, from the NOAA Estuarine Eutrophication Survey (NOAA 1997).","NOAA (National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration). 1997. NOAA�s Estuarine Eutrophication Survey, Vol. 4: Gulf of Mexico Region. Silver Spring, MD: NOAA, Office of Ocean Resources and Assessment.",1.1.0,None,MP,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000485,CMECS_00000485,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Macrovegetation Productivity,Oligotrophic (Macrovegetation Productivity),,,CMECS Modifier Value,Less than 50 mg dry wt/m2 biomass,,1.1.0,None,MP01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001534,CMECS_00001534,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Macrovegetation Productivity,Mesotrophic (Macrovegetation Productivity),,,CMECS Modifier Value,"50 to less than 1,000 mg dry wt/m2 biomass",,1.1.0,None,MP02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001509,CMECS_00001509,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Biological Modifers,Macrovegetation Productivity,Eutrophic (Macrovegetation Productivity),,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Greater than or equal to 1,000 mg dry wt/m2 biomass",,1.1.0,None,MP03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001447,CMECS_00001447,Original Unit,,, @@ -1572,13 +1572,13 @@ Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Energy Intensity,Very Low Energy,,,CMECS Modifier V Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Energy Intensity,Low Energy,,,CMECS Modifier Value,Area typically experiences very weak currents (0-1 knots).,,1.1.0,None,EI02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000481,CMECS_00000481,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Energy Intensity,Moderate Energy,,,CMECS Modifier Value,Area regularly experiences moderate tidal currents (> 1-3 knots).,,1.1.0,None,EI03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000562,CMECS_00000562,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Energy Intensity,High Energy,,,CMECS Modifier Value,Area regularly experiences strong currents (> 3 knots).,,1.1.0,None,EI04,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000414,CMECS_00000414,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Energy Type,,,,CMECS Modifier,The Energy Type Modifier ia adapted from Dethier (1990) and Zacharias et al. (1998) with type categories as described in Table 10.9.,"Dethier, M. 1990. A Marine and Estuarine Habitat Classification System for Washington State. Washington State Department of Natural Resources.|Zacharias, M. A., D. E. Howes, J. R. Harper, and P. Wainwright. 1998. “The British Columbia Marine Ecosystem Classification: Rationale, Development, and Verification.” Coastal Management 26: 105–124.",1.1.0,None,ET,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000292,CMECS_00000292,Original Unit,Attribute Change (Implementation Guidance),"Energy Modifiers apply to the Substrate, Biotic, Geoform, and Water Column Components of the classification. Within the intertidal and subtidal benthic zones, energy acts to shape the geoforms. Within the water column, the energy is related to current speeds (in knots), wave intensity, and tidal motions.", +Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Energy Type,,,,CMECS Modifier,The Energy Type Modifier ia adapted from Dethier (1990) and Zacharias et al. (1998) with type categories as described in Table 10.9.,"Dethier, M. 1990. A Marine and Estuarine Habitat Classification System for Washington State. Washington State Department of Natural Resources.|Zacharias, M. A., D. E. Howes, J. R. Harper, and P. Wainwright. 1998. �The British Columbia Marine Ecosystem Classification: Rationale, Development, and Verification.� Coastal Management 26: 105�124.",1.1.0,None,ET,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000292,CMECS_00000292,Original Unit,Attribute Change (Implementation Guidance),"Energy Modifiers apply to the Substrate, Biotic, Geoform, and Water Column Components of the classification. Within the intertidal and subtidal benthic zones, energy acts to shape the geoforms. Within the water column, the energy is related to current speeds (in knots), wave intensity, and tidal motions.", Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Energy Type,Current (Energy Type),,,CMECS Modifier Value,Coherent directional motion of the water.,,1.1.0,None,ET01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001426,CMECS_00001426,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Energy Type,Internal Wave (Energy Type),,,CMECS Modifier Value,Vertical and transverse oscillating water motion- below the surface- due to seismic energy or a pressure differential.,,1.1.0,None,ET02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001485,CMECS_00001485,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Energy Type,Surface Wave (Energy Type),,,CMECS Modifier Value,Vertical and transverse oscillating surface water motion due to wind or seismic energy.,,1.1.0,None,ET03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001589,CMECS_00001589,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Energy Type,Tide (Energy Type),,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Periodic, horizontally oscillating water motion.",,1.1.0,None,ET04,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001598,CMECS_00001598,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Energy Type,Wind (Energy Type),,,CMECS Modifier Value,Coherent directional motion of the atmosphere.,,1.1.0,None,ET05,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001623,CMECS_00001623,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Induration,,,,CMECS Modifier,"The stability of the substrate is a strong determinant of the suitability of an area for colonization by sessile organisms, and for feeding or burrowing activities by benthic epifauna and infauna. The Induration Modifier can be used to describe the hardness or amount of consolidation of bottom sediments (Substrate Component units). Induration is often measured with acoustic tools. The following categories are adopted from Greene et al. (2007).","Greene, H. G., J. J. Bizzarro, V. M. O’Connell, and C. K. Brylinsky. 2007. “Construction of Digital Potential Marine Benthic Habitat Maps Using a Coded Classification Scheme and Its Applications.” In Mapping the Seafloor for Habitat Characterization, 141–155. Special Paper 47. Edited by B. J. Todd and H. G. Greene. Geological Association of Canada.",1.1.0,None,I,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000432,CMECS_00000432,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Induration,,,,CMECS Modifier,"The stability of the substrate is a strong determinant of the suitability of an area for colonization by sessile organisms, and for feeding or burrowing activities by benthic epifauna and infauna. The Induration Modifier can be used to describe the hardness or amount of consolidation of bottom sediments (Substrate Component units). Induration is often measured with acoustic tools. The following categories are adopted from Greene et al. (2007).","Greene, H. G., J. J. Bizzarro, V. M. O�Connell, and C. K. Brylinsky. 2007. �Construction of Digital Potential Marine Benthic Habitat Maps Using a Coded Classification Scheme and Its Applications.� In Mapping the Seafloor for Habitat Characterization, 141�155. Special Paper 47. Edited by B. J. Todd and H. G. Greene. Geological Association of Canada.",1.1.0,None,I,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000432,CMECS_00000432,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Induration,Hard Induration,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Strongly consolidated fine sediment with low water content, or rock outcrop, or bedrock.",,1.1.0,None,I01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001471,CMECS_00001471,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Induration,Mixed Induration,,,CMECS Modifier Value,A blend of hard and soft substrate materials.,,1.1.0,None,I02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001516,CMECS_00001516,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Induration,Soft Induration,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Loose, fine, unconsolidated, or sediment-covered substrate with a high water content.",,1.1.0,None,I03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001577,CMECS_00001577,Original Unit,,, @@ -1586,20 +1586,20 @@ Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Mineral Precipitate,,,,CMECS Modifier,"A substrate Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Mineral Precipitate,Crust,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"A layer of consolidated substrate overlying other consolidated or unconsolidated material. Crusts may be composed of chemical precipitates (e.g. ferromanganese, salt), calcareous or crustose algae, or may form via sediment diagenesis, resulting in surficial lithification.",,1.1.0,None,MP01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001703,CMECS_00001703,Original Unit,Addition,Specify the mineral composition if known.|Use in combination with Substrate or Geoform Component units as needed., Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Mineral Precipitate,Nodules,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Round or spherical concretions that form by accreting in concentric layers around a fragment of some other mineral or biological material, called a nucleus.",,1.1.0,None,MP02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001704,CMECS_00001704,Original Unit,Addition,Specify the mineral composition if known.|Use in combination with Substrate or Geoform Component units as needed., Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Mineral Precipitate,Patina,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"A thin or patchy layer of consolidated substrate overlying other consolidated or unconsolidated material. Patina may be composed of chemical precipitates (e.g. ferromanganese, salt), calcareous or crustose algae, or may form via sediment diagenesis, resulting in surficial lithification. ",,1.1.0,None,MP03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001705,CMECS_00001705,Original Unit,Addition,Specify the mineral composition if known.|Use in combination with Substrate or Geoform Component units as needed., -Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Seafloor Rugosity,,,,CMECS Modifier,"Seafloor Rugosity, a measure of surface ""roughness"", is applicable at several scales using different measures (e.g., bathymetric x-y-z data, measured transect data, video data). Rugosity is derived as the ratio of surface area to planar (flat) area for a grid cell, or as the ratio of surface area to linear area along transects, and is calculated as follows: ƒr = Ar / Ag -where Ar is the real (true, actual) surface area and Ag is the geometric surface area (IUPAC 1997). Values for Seafloor Rugosity are taken from Greene et al. 2007. The five rugosity types and their associated numeric values are given in Table 10.11.","IUPAC. Compendium of Chemical Terminology, 2nd ed. (the ""Gold Book""). 1997. Compiled by A. D. McNaught and A. Wilkinson. Oxford: Blackwell Scientific Publications. XML on-line corrected version: http://goldbook.iupac.org (2006-) created by M. Nic, J. Jirat, B. Kosata; updates compiled by A. Jenkins.|Greene, H. G., J. J. Bizzarro, V. M. O’Connell, and C. K. Brylinsky. 2007. “Construction of Digital Potential Marine Benthic Habitat Maps Using a Coded Classification Scheme and Its Applications.” In Mapping the Seafloor for Habitat Characterization, 141–155. Special Paper 47. Edited by B. J. Todd and H. G. Greene. Geological Association of Canada.",1.1.0,None,SR,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000720,CMECS_00000720,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Seafloor Rugosity,,,,CMECS Modifier,"Seafloor Rugosity, a measure of surface ""roughness"", is applicable at several scales using different measures (e.g., bathymetric x-y-z data, measured transect data, video data). Rugosity is derived as the ratio of surface area to planar (flat) area for a grid cell, or as the ratio of surface area to linear area along transects, and is calculated as follows: �r = Ar / Ag +where Ar is the real (true, actual) surface area and Ag is the geometric surface area (IUPAC 1997). Values for Seafloor Rugosity are taken from Greene et al. 2007. The five rugosity types and their associated numeric values are given in Table 10.11.","IUPAC. Compendium of Chemical Terminology, 2nd ed. (the ""Gold Book""). 1997. Compiled by A. D. McNaught and A. Wilkinson. Oxford: Blackwell Scientific Publications. XML on-line corrected version: http://goldbook.iupac.org (2006-) created by M. Nic, J. Jirat, B. Kosata; updates compiled by A. Jenkins.|Greene, H. G., J. J. Bizzarro, V. M. O�Connell, and C. K. Brylinsky. 2007. �Construction of Digital Potential Marine Benthic Habitat Maps Using a Coded Classification Scheme and Its Applications.� In Mapping the Seafloor for Habitat Characterization, 141�155. Special Paper 47. Edited by B. J. Todd and H. G. Greene. Geological Association of Canada.",1.1.0,None,SR,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000720,CMECS_00000720,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Seafloor Rugosity,Very Low (Rugosity),,,CMECS Modifier Value,1.0 to less than 1.25,,1.1.0,None,SR01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001612,CMECS_00001612,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Seafloor Rugosity,Low (Rugosity),,,CMECS Modifier Value,1.25 to less than 1.50,,1.1.0,None,SR02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001494,CMECS_00001494,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Seafloor Rugosity,Moderate (Rugosity),,,CMECS Modifier Value,1.50 to less than 1.75,,1.1.0,None,SR03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001522,CMECS_00001522,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Seafloor Rugosity,High (Rugosity),,,CMECS Modifier Value,1.75 to less than 2.00,,1.1.0,None,SR04,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001473,CMECS_00001473,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Seafloor Rugosity,Very High (Rugosity),,,CMECS Modifier Value,Greater than or equal to 2.00,,1.1.0,None,SR05,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001609,CMECS_00001609,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Small Scale Slope,,,,CMECS Modifier,The Slope Modifier refers to the angle of the substrate at a scale appropriate for the feature being described; Greene et al.’s (2007) geological classification is followed here to characterize slope.,"Greene, H. G., J. J. Bizzarro, V. M. O’Connell, and C. K. Brylinsky. 2007. “Construction of Digital Potential Marine Benthic Habitat Maps Using a Coded Classification Scheme and Its Applications.” In Mapping the Seafloor for Habitat Characterization, 141–155. Special Paper 47. Edited by B. J. Todd and H. G. Greene. Geological Association of Canada.",1.1.0,None,S,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000770,CMECS_00000770,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Small Scale Slope,,,,CMECS Modifier,The Slope Modifier refers to the angle of the substrate at a scale appropriate for the feature being described; Greene et al.�s (2007) geological classification is followed here to characterize slope.,"Greene, H. G., J. J. Bizzarro, V. M. O�Connell, and C. K. Brylinsky. 2007. �Construction of Digital Potential Marine Benthic Habitat Maps Using a Coded Classification Scheme and Its Applications.� In Mapping the Seafloor for Habitat Characterization, 141�155. Special Paper 47. Edited by B. J. Todd and H. G. Greene. Geological Association of Canada.",1.1.0,None,S,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000770,CMECS_00000770,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Small Scale Slope,Flat (Small Scale Slope),,,CMECS Modifier Value,0 to less than 5 degrees,,1.1.0,None,S01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001449,CMECS_00001449,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Small Scale Slope,Sloping (Small Scale Slope),,,CMECS Modifier Value,5 to less than 30 degrees,,1.1.0,None,S02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001575,CMECS_00001575,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Small Scale Slope,Steeply Sloping (Small Scale Slope),,,CMECS Modifier Value,30 to less than 60 degrees,,1.1.0,None,S03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001584,CMECS_00001584,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Small Scale Slope,Vertical (Small Scale Slope),,,CMECS Modifier Value,60 to less than 90 degrees,,1.1.0,None,S04,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001605,CMECS_00001605,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Small Scale Slope,Overhang (Small Scale Slope),,,CMECS Modifier Value,Greater than or equal 90 degrees,,1.1.0,None,S05,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001539,CMECS_00001539,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Substrate Descriptor,,,,CMECS Modifier,"The Substrate Component describes substrate size and composition, considering substrate origin as Geologic, Biogenic, and Anthropogenic. The Geologic classifications follow Wentworth (1922) and Folk (1954) to describe particle sizes and mixes, but do not consider geologic composition or several other important attributes. Substrate descriptors provide consistent terminology to meet these needs. Certain substrate descriptors may be used for other applications as well, e.g., Well-Mixed, Patchy, and Well-Sorted can be used to describe biotic communities or other units.","Wentworth, C. K. 1922. “A Scale of Grade and Class Terms for Clastic Sediments.” The Journal of Geology 30: 377–392.|Folk, R.L., 1954. “The Distinction between Grain Size and Mineral Composition in Sedimentary-Rock Nomenclature.” The Journal of Geology 62: 344-359.",1.1.0,None,SD,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000804,CMECS_00000804,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Substrate Descriptor,,,,CMECS Modifier,"The Substrate Component describes substrate size and composition, considering substrate origin as Geologic, Biogenic, and Anthropogenic. The Geologic classifications follow Wentworth (1922) and Folk (1954) to describe particle sizes and mixes, but do not consider geologic composition or several other important attributes. Substrate descriptors provide consistent terminology to meet these needs. Certain substrate descriptors may be used for other applications as well, e.g., Well-Mixed, Patchy, and Well-Sorted can be used to describe biotic communities or other units.","Wentworth, C. K. 1922. �A Scale of Grade and Class Terms for Clastic Sediments.� The Journal of Geology 30: 377�392.|Folk, R.L., 1954. �The Distinction between Grain Size and Mineral Composition in Sedimentary-Rock Nomenclature.� The Journal of Geology 62: 344-359.",1.1.0,None,SD,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000804,CMECS_00000804,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Substrate Descriptor,Carbonate (Substrate),,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Geologic Origin particles or substrates composed mainly of carbonate minerals, e.g., limestone, dolostone.",,1.1.0,None,SD01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001404,CMECS_00001404,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Substrate Descriptor,Compacted (Substrate),,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Unconsolidated sediments with very little water content and a hard, packed form that resists penetration and resuspension. This is one of several terms that are used in CMECS to describe the fluid consistency of substrates.",,1.1.0,None,SD02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001415,CMECS_00001415,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Substrate Descriptor,Floc (Substrate),,,CMECS Modifier Value,"A layer of very fine particles suspended in the water column just above firmer sediment. This is often most apparent with visual or imaging techniques, and may appear as a turbid or cloudy layer above a more defined sediment surface. This is one of several terms that are used in CMECS to describe the fluid consistency of substrates.",,1.1.0,None,SD03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001455,CMECS_00001455,Original Unit,,, @@ -1619,7 +1619,7 @@ Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Substrate Descriptor,Well-Mixed (Substrate),,,CMECS Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Substrate Descriptor,Well-Sorted (Substrate),,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Different elements within a sample, observational unit, or reporting unit are separated into different areas at the scale of the sample or unit. Well-sorted implies that elements or particles are (or have been) separated and arranged in a non- haphazard manner, as an area of Coarse Sand adjacent to an area of Clay. This is one of several terms used in CMECS to describe unit variability.",,1.1.0,None,SD16,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001622,CMECS_00001622,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Substrate Descriptor,Porous,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Containing voids, pores, or interstices, which may or may not connect.",,1.1.0,None,SD17,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001706,CMECS_00001706,Original Unit,Addition,"Specify the mineral composition if known. Use in combination with Substrate or Geoform Component units as needed.", -Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Surface Pattern,,,,CMECS Modifier,"The surface of the seafloor may be flat (on a scale of centimeters or meters), or it may be characterized by roughness or pattern. The Substrate Component describes substrate size and composition, while the Geoform Component describes texture or shape—including the Surface Pattern Modifier. These roughness patterns may have physical origins (e.g., caused by wave or current action) or biological origins (due to activities of life forms, e.g., mounds or tunnels). Physically influenced bedforms may appear as regularly spaced “sand ripples” (with a wavelength on the order of centimeters), which may be indicative of wave oscillations or of current flows. Physical energy in soft-sediment areas may occur through riverine flow or tidally driven flow, leading to erosion and deposition of mobile sediment layers.",,1.1.0,None,SP,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000809,CMECS_00000809,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Surface Pattern,,,,CMECS Modifier,"The surface of the seafloor may be flat (on a scale of centimeters or meters), or it may be characterized by roughness or pattern. The Substrate Component describes substrate size and composition, while the Geoform Component describes texture or shape�including the Surface Pattern Modifier. These roughness patterns may have physical origins (e.g., caused by wave or current action) or biological origins (due to activities of life forms, e.g., mounds or tunnels). Physically influenced bedforms may appear as regularly spaced �sand ripples� (with a wavelength on the order of centimeters), which may be indicative of wave oscillations or of current flows. Physical energy in soft-sediment areas may occur through riverine flow or tidally driven flow, leading to erosion and deposition of mobile sediment layers.",,1.1.0,None,SP,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000809,CMECS_00000809,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Surface Pattern,Biological (Surface Pattern),,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Roughness appears due to bioturbation, fecal mounds, tunneling, feeding or locomotory activities of megafauna, or other faunal activities. Further characterization of biological features is described in the Biotic Component.",,1.1.0,None,SP01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001386,CMECS_00001386,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Surface Pattern,Irregular (Surface Pattern),,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Sediment surface has a perceptible roughness or texture that is non-regular in either frequency, direction, or amplitude.",,1.1.0,None,SP02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001487,CMECS_00001487,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Surface Pattern,Physical (Surface Pattern),,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Roughness appears due to water motion, but the nature of the roughness is other than Rippled.",,1.1.0,None,SP03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001548,CMECS_00001548,Original Unit,,, @@ -1642,7 +1642,7 @@ Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Wave Regime (Amplitude),Moderately High Wave Energy Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Wave Regime (Amplitude),High Wave Energy,,,CMECS Modifier Value,4.0 to less than 8.0 meters,,1.1.0,None,WR06,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001474,CMECS_00001474,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physical Modifiers,Wave Regime (Amplitude),Very High Wave Energy,,,CMECS Modifier Value,Greater than or equal to 8.0 meters,,1.1.0,None,WR07,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001610,CMECS_00001610,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,,,,,CMECS Modifier Type,,,1.1.0,None,None,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000640,CMECS_00000640,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Oxygen Regime,,,,CMECS Modifier,"Oxygen concentration is an important water column modifier. Oxygen is critical to aerobic organisms and to aerobic processes (such as chemical oxidation and microbial respiration). Dissolved oxygen levels change daily in a dramatic way in systems such as estuaries, where they often go from hypoxic (at night) to saturated (during the day). The Oxygen Regime Modifier is intended for use in reporting persistent oxygen conditions, or can be used to explain variable regimes as described by the user. Oxygen levels are determined according to the following ranges, for the time scales and durations specified by the user; practitioners may specify, e.g., “oxygen varies from highly oxic during daylight hours to severely hypoxic at night”. Furthermore, practitioners should note that oxygen saturation varies with temperature and pressure.",,1.1.0,None,OR,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000616,CMECS_00000616,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Oxygen Regime,,,,CMECS Modifier,"Oxygen concentration is an important water column modifier. Oxygen is critical to aerobic organisms and to aerobic processes (such as chemical oxidation and microbial respiration). Dissolved oxygen levels change daily in a dramatic way in systems such as estuaries, where they often go from hypoxic (at night) to saturated (during the day). The Oxygen Regime Modifier is intended for use in reporting persistent oxygen conditions, or can be used to explain variable regimes as described by the user. Oxygen levels are determined according to the following ranges, for the time scales and durations specified by the user; practitioners may specify, e.g., �oxygen varies from highly oxic during daylight hours to severely hypoxic at night�. Furthermore, practitioners should note that oxygen saturation varies with temperature and pressure.",,1.1.0,None,OR,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000616,CMECS_00000616,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Oxygen Regime,Anoxic,,,CMECS Modifier Value,0 to less than 0.1 mg/L,,1.1.0,None,OR001,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001336,CMECS_00001336,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Oxygen Regime,Severely Hypoxic,,,CMECS Modifier Value,0.1 to less than 2 mg/L,,1.1.0,None,OR002,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001568,CMECS_00001568,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Oxygen Regime,Hypoxic,,,CMECS Modifier Value,2 to less than 4 mg/L,,1.1.0,None,OR003,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001481,CMECS_00001481,Original Unit,,, @@ -1655,11 +1655,11 @@ Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Photic Quality,Aphotic,,,CMECS Modifier Valu Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Photic Quality,Dysphotic,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Region of the water column, below the compensation depth, that receives less than 2% of the surface light; plants and algae cannot achieve positive photosynthetic production in this region, but some ambient light does penetrate such that animals can make use of visual cues based on reduced levels of ambient light.",,1.1.0,None,PQ02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000268,CMECS_00000268,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Photic Quality,Photic ,,,CMECS Modifier Value,Region of the water column where ambient light is > 2% of surface light and phototrophic organisms can photosynthesize.,,1.1.0,None,PQ03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000637,CMECS_00000637,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Photic Quality,Seasonally Photic,,,CMECS Modifier Value,An area that regularly varies between photic and dysphotic/aphotic.,,1.1.0,None,PQ04,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000723,CMECS_00000723,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,aRPD and RPD Depth,,,,CMECS Modifier,"The apparent Redox Potential Discontinuity (aRPD) is a measurement of the depth of the “color break,” that is, the maximum color difference below the sediment-water interface at which lighter-colored (tan, brown, beige, yellow, or red), more-oxidized surface sediments transition into darker-colored (grey, black, or blue-black), more-reduced deeper sediments. The depth of the aRPD is easily measured, and it has been found to be an extremely useful parameter in characterizing certain biogeochemical aspects of the sedimentary environment. For instance, the aRPD represents the depth at which iron exists as colored, insoluble, ferric hydroxides, which dissolve into solution as iron monosulfides in a reducing environment, e.g., in the presence of sulfate reduction (Teal et al. 2009). +Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,aRPD and RPD Depth,,,,CMECS Modifier,"The apparent Redox Potential Discontinuity (aRPD) is a measurement of the depth of the �color break,� that is, the maximum color difference below the sediment-water interface at which lighter-colored (tan, brown, beige, yellow, or red), more-oxidized surface sediments transition into darker-colored (grey, black, or blue-black), more-reduced deeper sediments. The depth of the aRPD is easily measured, and it has been found to be an extremely useful parameter in characterizing certain biogeochemical aspects of the sedimentary environment. For instance, the aRPD represents the depth at which iron exists as colored, insoluble, ferric hydroxides, which dissolve into solution as iron monosulfides in a reducing environment, e.g., in the presence of sulfate reduction (Teal et al. 2009). The aRPD is strongly correlated to the true RPD depth (Grizzle and Penniman 1991; Rosenberg et al. 2001), which is the depth where Eh (measured sediment reduction/oxidation potential) is zero. Both values are very useful as proxies for bioturbation (because the values are extended deeper by the effects of bioturbating fauna), and both are correlated to bottom-water dissolved-oxygen concentration (Rosenberg 1977; Diaz, Cutter, and Rhoads 1994; Cicchetti et al. 2006). The aRPD can be measured with a variety of techniques including retrieval of cores, sediment profile imaging, and direct observation. The RPD can be measured using microelectrodes, either in retrieved cores or . -RPD (centimeters) – The RPD is measured with electrodes, and is reported in centimeters. -aRPD depth (centimeters), muddy sediments – The aRPD depth is measured at the color transition based on direct observation or from images, and it can be reported in centimeters or following the terms defined below (from Nilsson and Rosenberg 1997). These modifier terms apply only to sediments that contain some mud; aRPD depths manifest differently in sand sediments that are dominated by different diffusional processes and rates.","Teal, L.R., R. Parker, G. Fones, and M. Solan. 2009. “Simultaneous Determination of Vertical Transitions of Color, Pore-Water Metals, and Visualization of Infaunal Activity in Marine Sediments.” Limnology and Oceanography 54: 1801-1810.|Grizzle, R. E., and C. A. Penniman. 1991. “Effects of Organic Enrichment on Estuarine Macrofaunal Benthos: A Comparison of Sediment Profile Imaging and Traditional Methods.” Marine Ecology Progress Series 74: 249–262.|Rosenberg, R. 2001. “Marine Benthic Faunal Successional Stages and Related Sedimentary Activity.” Scientia Marina 65: 107–119.|Rosenberg, R. 1977. “Benthic Macrofaunal Dynamics, Production, and Dispersion in an Oxygen-Deficient Estuary of West Sweden.” Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 26: 107-133.|Diaz, R. J., G. R. Cutter, and D. C. Rhoads. 1994. “The Importance of Bioturbation to Continental Slope Sediment Structure and Benthic Processes off Cape Hatteras, NC.” Deep-Sea Research II 41: 719–734.|Cicchetti, G., J. S. Latimer, S. A. Rego, W. G. Nelson, B. J. Bergen, and L. L. Coiro. 2006. “Relationships between Nearbottom Dissolved Oxygen and Sediment Profile Camera Measures.” Journal of Marine Systems 62: 124–141.",1.1.0,None,RPD,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000924,CMECS_00000924,Original Unit,,, +RPD (centimeters) � The RPD is measured with electrodes, and is reported in centimeters. +aRPD depth (centimeters), muddy sediments � The aRPD depth is measured at the color transition based on direct observation or from images, and it can be reported in centimeters or following the terms defined below (from Nilsson and Rosenberg 1997). These modifier terms apply only to sediments that contain some mud; aRPD depths manifest differently in sand sediments that are dominated by different diffusional processes and rates.","Teal, L.R., R. Parker, G. Fones, and M. Solan. 2009. �Simultaneous Determination of Vertical Transitions of Color, Pore-Water Metals, and Visualization of Infaunal Activity in Marine Sediments.� Limnology and Oceanography 54: 1801-1810.|Grizzle, R. E., and C. A. Penniman. 1991. �Effects of Organic Enrichment on Estuarine Macrofaunal Benthos: A Comparison of Sediment Profile Imaging and Traditional Methods.� Marine Ecology Progress Series 74: 249�262.|Rosenberg, R. 2001. �Marine Benthic Faunal Successional Stages and Related Sedimentary Activity.� Scientia Marina 65: 107�119.|Rosenberg, R. 1977. �Benthic Macrofaunal Dynamics, Production, and Dispersion in an Oxygen-Deficient Estuary of West Sweden.� Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 26: 107-133.|Diaz, R. J., G. R. Cutter, and D. C. Rhoads. 1994. �The Importance of Bioturbation to Continental Slope Sediment Structure and Benthic Processes off Cape Hatteras, NC.� Deep-Sea Research II 41: 719�734.|Cicchetti, G., J. S. Latimer, S. A. Rego, W. G. Nelson, B. J. Bergen, and L. L. Coiro. 2006. �Relationships between Nearbottom Dissolved Oxygen and Sediment Profile Camera Measures.� Journal of Marine Systems 62: 124�141.",1.1.0,None,RPD,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000924,CMECS_00000924,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,aRPD and RPD Depth,Zero (aRPD and RPD Depth),,,CMECS Modifier Value,0.0 cm depth,,1.1.0,None,RPD01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001624,CMECS_00001624,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,aRPD and RPD Depth,Diffusional (aRPD and RPD Depth),,,CMECS Modifier Value,Greater than 0.0 to 1.0 cm depth,,1.1.0,None,RPD02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001437,CMECS_00001437,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,aRPD and RPD Depth,Shallow Infralittoral (aRPD and RPD Depth),,,CMECS Modifier Value,Greater than 1.0 to 2.0 cm depth,,1.1.0,None,RPD03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001569,CMECS_00001569,Original Unit,,, @@ -1674,15 +1674,15 @@ Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Salinity Regime (Modifier),Upper Polyhaline, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Salinity Regime (Modifier),Euhaline,,,CMECS Modifier Value,30 to less than 40,,1.1.0,None,None,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001446,CMECS_00001446,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Salinity Regime (Modifier),Hyperhaline,,,CMECS Modifier Value,Greater than or equal to 40,,1.1.0,None,None,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001480,CMECS_00001480,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,,,,CMECS Modifier,"As with salinity, temperature is considered a classifier for the Water Column Component, i.e., it is an essential parameter for measurement in order to effectively classify the water column. Likewise, users may wish to apply the CMECS terminology for temperature within other components when the water column itself is not being classified. The temperature ranges are repeated here in the modifier section to allow this convenience for users.",,1.1.0,None,T,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000821,CMECS_00000821,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,Frozen/Superchilled (Temperature Range),,,CMECS Modifier Value,Less than or equal to 0 °C,,1.1.0,None,T01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001463,CMECS_00001463,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,Very Cold (Temperature Range),,,CMECS Modifier Value,0 to less than 5 °C (liquid),,1.1.0,None,T02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001607,CMECS_00001607,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,Cold (Temperature Range),,,CMECS Modifier Value,5 to less than 10 °C,,1.1.0,None,T03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001409,CMECS_00001409,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,Cool (Temperature Range),,,CMECS Modifier Value,10 to less than 15 °C,,1.1.0,None,T04,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001421,CMECS_00001421,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,Moderate (Temperature Range),,,CMECS Modifier Value,15 to less than 20 °C,,1.1.0,None,T05,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001523,CMECS_00001523,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,Warm (Temperature Range),,,CMECS Modifier Value,20 to less than 25 °C,,1.1.0,None,T06,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001618,CMECS_00001618,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,Very Warm (Temperature Range),,,CMECS Modifier Value,25 to less than 30 °C,,1.1.0,None,T07,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001615,CMECS_00001615,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,Hot (Temperature Range),,,CMECS Modifier Value,30 to less than 35 °C,,1.1.0,None,T08,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001479,CMECS_00001479,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,Very Hot (Temperature Range),,,CMECS Modifier Value,Greater than or equal to 35 °C,,1.1.0,None,T09,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001611,CMECS_00001611,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,Frozen/Superchilled (Temperature Range),,,CMECS Modifier Value,Less than or equal to 0 �C,,1.1.0,None,T01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001463,CMECS_00001463,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,Very Cold (Temperature Range),,,CMECS Modifier Value,0 to less than 5 �C (liquid),,1.1.0,None,T02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001607,CMECS_00001607,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,Cold (Temperature Range),,,CMECS Modifier Value,5 to less than 10 �C,,1.1.0,None,T03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001409,CMECS_00001409,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,Cool (Temperature Range),,,CMECS Modifier Value,10 to less than 15 �C,,1.1.0,None,T04,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001421,CMECS_00001421,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,Moderate (Temperature Range),,,CMECS Modifier Value,15 to less than 20 �C,,1.1.0,None,T05,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001523,CMECS_00001523,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,Warm (Temperature Range),,,CMECS Modifier Value,20 to less than 25 �C,,1.1.0,None,T06,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001618,CMECS_00001618,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,Very Warm (Temperature Range),,,CMECS Modifier Value,25 to less than 30 �C,,1.1.0,None,T07,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001615,CMECS_00001615,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,Hot (Temperature Range),,,CMECS Modifier Value,30 to less than 35 �C,,1.1.0,None,T08,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001479,CMECS_00001479,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Temperature Range,Very Hot (Temperature Range),,,CMECS Modifier Value,Greater than or equal to 35 �C,,1.1.0,None,T09,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001611,CMECS_00001611,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Turbidity,,,,CMECS Modifier,"Turbidity is a factor of the suspended solids and color within the water column, and it affects light attenuation and the depth to which light penetrates in the water column. This is critically important for autotrophs that convert light to photosynthetic products. Turbidity also has important effects on visual hunting and predation avoidance. While turbidity is frequently reported in Nephelometric Turbidity Units (NTUs), CMECS establishes categories for turbidity based on Secchi disk depth; it would be difficult to standardize turbidity by NTUs due to regional variations in background measurements. Secchi disk observations are commonly used in the marine environment.",,1.1.0,None,TC,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000860,CMECS_00000860,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Turbidity,Extremely Turbid,,,CMECS Modifier Value,Less than 1 m Secchi depth,,1.1.0,None,TC01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000332,CMECS_00000332,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Turbidity,Highly Turbid,,,CMECS Modifier Value,1 to less than 2 m Secchi depth,,1.1.0,None,TC02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000416,CMECS_00000416,Original Unit,,, @@ -1697,7 +1697,7 @@ Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Turbidity Type,Mineral Precipitates,,,CMECS Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Turbidity Type,Detritus,,,CMECS Modifier Value,Attenuation due to larger particles of organic detritus in suspension.,,1.1.0,None,TT05,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001436,CMECS_00001436,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Turbidity Type,Dissolved Color,,,CMECS Modifier Value,Substances dissolved in water that have color.,,1.1.0,None,TT06,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001438,CMECS_00001438,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Turbidity Type,Mixed Turbidity Type,,,CMECS Modifier Value,Attenuation due to a variety of the above sources and substances.,,1.1.0,None,TT07,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001517,CMECS_00001517,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Turbidity Provenance,,,,CMECS Modifier,"The provenance of the attenuating substance?whether the reduced water clarity is derived from chlorophyll pigments (e.g., phytoplankton blooms), from color due to dissolved substances in the water (e.g., gelbstoff or tannins), from imported mineral terrigenous sediments, or from carbonate particulates in resuspension—is an important qualitative characteristic of turbidity. This qualitative assessment can be used in addition to a qualitative or quantitative evaluation of the degree of turbidity in the water column.",,1.1.0,None,TP,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000862,CMECS_00000862,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Turbidity Provenance,,,,CMECS Modifier,"The provenance of the attenuating substance?whether the reduced water clarity is derived from chlorophyll pigments (e.g., phytoplankton blooms), from color due to dissolved substances in the water (e.g., gelbstoff or tannins), from imported mineral terrigenous sediments, or from carbonate particulates in resuspension�is an important qualitative characteristic of turbidity. This qualitative assessment can be used in addition to a qualitative or quantitative evaluation of the degree of turbidity in the water column.",,1.1.0,None,TP,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000862,CMECS_00000862,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Turbidity Provenance,Allochthonous,,,CMECS Modifier Value,Originating outside of the system and transported into the system.,,1.1.0,None,TP01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001334,CMECS_00001334,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Turbidity Provenance,Autochthonous,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Generated by biogenic processes (e.g., phytoplankton bloom).",,1.1.0,None,TP02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001379,CMECS_00001379,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Turbidity Provenance,Marine Origin,,,CMECS Modifier Value,"Materials, water, or energy originating in the ocean.",,1.1.0,None,TP03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001499,CMECS_00001499,Original Unit,,, @@ -1709,7 +1709,7 @@ Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Water Column Stability Regime,Partially Stra Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Water Column Stability Regime,Stratified,,,CMECS Modifier Value,Greater than or equal to 0.125 delta Sigma-t,,1.1.0,None,WCS02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001585,CMECS_00001585,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Physicochemical Modifiers,Water Column Stability Regime,Well-Mixed,,,CMECS Modifier Value,Less than 0.125 delta Sigma-t and homogeneous,,1.1.0,None,WCS03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001621,CMECS_00001621,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Spatial Modifers,,,,,CMECS Modifier Type,,,1.1.0,None,None,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000782,CMECS_00000782,Original Unit,,, -Modifiers,Spatial Modifers,Benthic Depth Zone,,,,CMECS Modifier,"The depths of benthic zones vary depending on regional geology and turbidity. It is often useful to describe a specific depth or range of depths for the bottom, and the CMECS Benthic Depth Zone Modifiers represent the major divisions in a gradient from land to the deep ocean bottom. They are generally based on the zones in which surf or ocean swell influences bottom communities, lower limits of vegetation (such as kelp), overall photic availability, and temperature. The zones within this category are drawn or adapted from Greene et al. (2007) and Connor (1997).","Greene, H. G., J. J. Bizzarro, V. M. O’Connell, and C. K. Brylinsky. 2007. “Construction of Digital Potential Marine Benthic Habitat Maps Using a Coded Classification Scheme and Its Applications.” In Mapping the Seafloor for Habitat Characterization, 141–155. Special Paper 47. Edited by B. J. Todd and H. G. Greene. Geological Association of Canada.|Connor, D. W. 1997. Marine Biotope Classification for Britain and Ireland. Peterborough, UK: Joint Nature Conservation Review.",1.1.0,None,BDZ,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000096,CMECS_00000096,Original Unit,,, +Modifiers,Spatial Modifers,Benthic Depth Zone,,,,CMECS Modifier,"The depths of benthic zones vary depending on regional geology and turbidity. It is often useful to describe a specific depth or range of depths for the bottom, and the CMECS Benthic Depth Zone Modifiers represent the major divisions in a gradient from land to the deep ocean bottom. They are generally based on the zones in which surf or ocean swell influences bottom communities, lower limits of vegetation (such as kelp), overall photic availability, and temperature. The zones within this category are drawn or adapted from Greene et al. (2007) and Connor (1997).","Greene, H. G., J. J. Bizzarro, V. M. O�Connell, and C. K. Brylinsky. 2007. �Construction of Digital Potential Marine Benthic Habitat Maps Using a Coded Classification Scheme and Its Applications.� In Mapping the Seafloor for Habitat Characterization, 141�155. Special Paper 47. Edited by B. J. Todd and H. G. Greene. Geological Association of Canada.|Connor, D. W. 1997. Marine Biotope Classification for Britain and Ireland. Peterborough, UK: Joint Nature Conservation Review.",1.1.0,None,BDZ,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000096,CMECS_00000096,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Spatial Modifers,Benthic Depth Zone,Littoral,,,CMECS Modifier Value,Intertidal,,1.1.0,None,BDZ01,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000474,CMECS_00000474,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Spatial Modifers,Benthic Depth Zone,Shallow Infralittoral,,,CMECS Modifier Value,0 to less than 5 meters,,1.1.0,None,BDZ02,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000737,CMECS_00000737,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Spatial Modifers,Benthic Depth Zone,Deep Infralittoral,,,CMECS Modifier Value,5 to less than 30 meters,,1.1.0,None,BDZ03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000229,CMECS_00000229,Original Unit,,, @@ -1763,9 +1763,9 @@ Modifiers,Spatial Modifers,Elevation Profile,Low (Elevation Profile),,,CMECS Mod Modifiers,Spatial Modifers,Elevation Profile,Medium (Elevation Profile),,,CMECS Modifier Value,2 to less than 5 meters,,1.1.0,None,P03,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001505,CMECS_00001505,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Spatial Modifers,Elevation Profile,High (Elevation Profile),,,CMECS Modifier Value,Greater than or equal to 5 meters,,1.1.0,None,P04,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001472,CMECS_00001472,Original Unit,,, Modifiers,Spatial Modifers,Substrate Layering (Descriptive),,,,CMECS Modifier,"Although certain large fauna may penetrate several meters below the surface in soft sediments, CMECS generally considers the uppermost 15 centimeters of fine substrates, recognizing that evidence of very-deep burrowing fauna will also be present in the top 15 centimeters. The upper 15 centimeters of substrate may present as a set of horizontal layers constituting a three-dimensional matrix. A basic identification of horizontal substrate layers can be accomplished by describing the characteristics of these layers and recording the mean thickness in centimeters together with the ordering of each layer below the sediment surface. -The structuring of distinctly layered sediments is captured in CMECS as a modifier using any SC classifiers, modifiers, or descriptors in the following format, with measurements indicating thickness or depth of the examined layers (as specified): ""Modifier: Layering – 4 centimeters (thick) Coarse Sand Layer over > 11 centimeters (thick) Sandy Silt-Clay Layer"". More examples can be found on page 219. -The term “veneer"" may be used to describe a thin (< 1 centimeter thick) covering of one sediment type over another sediment type, ex. ""Modifier: Layering – Mud veneer over Cobbles"".",,1.1.0,None,SL,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000805,CMECS_00000805,Original Unit,,, -Substrate Component,Geologic Substrate,Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate,,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Class,"Geologic Substrates with less than 50% cover of Rock Substrate. This class uses Folk (1954) terminology to describe any mix of loose mineral substrate that occurs at any range of sizes—from Boulders to Clay. This hierarchy and the associated terms are shown in Figure 7.2. These classifications may be based on percent weight (e.g., for retrieved samples); percent cover (e.g., for plan-view images); or visual percent composition (for other approaches). Units with bracketed letters, e.g., [G], [mSG], correspond to the labeled polygons in Figure 7.2, using conventions from Folk (1954).","Folk, R.L., 1954. “The Distinction between Grain Size and Mineral Composition in Sedimentary-Rock Nomenclature.” The Journal of Geology 62: 344-359.",1.1.0,S,1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000867,CMECS_00000867,Deprecated Unit,,, +The structuring of distinctly layered sediments is captured in CMECS as a modifier using any SC classifiers, modifiers, or descriptors in the following format, with measurements indicating thickness or depth of the examined layers (as specified): ""Modifier: Layering � 4 centimeters (thick) Coarse Sand Layer over > 11 centimeters (thick) Sandy Silt-Clay Layer"". More examples can be found on page 219. +The term �veneer"" may be used to describe a thin (< 1 centimeter thick) covering of one sediment type over another sediment type, ex. ""Modifier: Layering � Mud veneer over Cobbles"".",,1.1.0,None,SL,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000805,CMECS_00000805,Original Unit,,, +Substrate Component,Geologic Substrate,Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate,,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Class,"Geologic Substrates with less than 50% cover of Rock Substrate. This class uses Folk (1954) terminology to describe any mix of loose mineral substrate that occurs at any range of sizes�from Boulders to Clay. This hierarchy and the associated terms are shown in Figure 7.2. These classifications may be based on percent weight (e.g., for retrieved samples); percent cover (e.g., for plan-view images); or visual percent composition (for other approaches). Units with bracketed letters, e.g., [G], [mSG], correspond to the labeled polygons in Figure 7.2, using conventions from Folk (1954).","Folk, R.L., 1954. �The Distinction between Grain Size and Mineral Composition in Sedimentary-Rock Nomenclature.� The Journal of Geology 62: 344-359.",1.1.0,S,1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000867,CMECS_00000867,Deprecated Unit,,, Substrate Component,Geologic Substrate,Unconsolidated Mineral Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Substrate,Slightly Gravelly,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Geologic Substrate surface layer contains from a trace (0.01%) of Gravel to 5% Gravel (particles 2 millimeters to < 4,096 millimeters in diameter). For more specificity in this group and in the following four substrate subgroups, the median size of ""Gravelly"" may be substituted in, e.g., ""Slightly Granuley"", ""Slightly Pebbly Sand"", ""Slightly Cobbley Muddy Sand"", and ""Slightly Bouldery Mud"".",,1.1.0,S,1.2.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000760,CMECS_00000760,Deprecated Unit,,, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Algal Substrate,,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Class,"Biogenic Substrate that is primarily composed of calcareous algae in various states of decomposition, including both crustose and coralline types.",,1.1.0,S,2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000010,CMECS_00000010,Deprecated Unit,,, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Algal Substrate,Rhodolith Substrate,,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subclass,"Biogenic Substrate that is primarily composed of crustose algae that form rounded calcareous nodules (rhodoliths), often associated with coral reefs.",,1.1.0,S,2.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000676,CMECS_00000676,Deprecated Unit,,, diff --git a/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0-BC.csv b/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0-BC.csv index fe70447..3b3e61c 100644 --- a/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0-BC.csv +++ b/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0-BC.csv @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ (Level 1),(Level 2),(Level 3),(Level 4),(Level 5),(Level 6),Unit Type,Definition,Literature Cited,CMECS Version,Component Code,Unit Code,IRI (NCEI base URL + Term ID),Unit ID,Unit Status,Type of Change,Implementation Guidance,Notes Biotic Component,,,,,,CMECS Component: Biotic ,"The Biotic Component (BC) of CMECS is a classification of the living organisms of the seabed and water column together with their physical associations at a variety of spatial scales. The BC is organized into a branched hierarchy of five nested levels: biotic setting, biotic class, biotic subclass, biotic group, and biotic community (Table 8.1). The biotic setting indicates whether the biota are attached or closely associated with the benthos or are suspended or floating in the water column. Biotic classes and biotic subclasses describe major biological characteristics at a fairly coarse level. Biotic groups are descriptive terms based on finer distinctions of taxonomy, structure, position, environment, and salinity levels. Biotic communities are descriptions of repeatable, characteristic assemblages of organisms. In the absence of complete species association data, biotic communities can be approximated using dominant or diagnostic species and then refined once more information is available. When identified in the context of repeating environmental circumstances, biotic communities can be used as the basis for defining and fully describing biotopes. A biotope assigns a more complete description of the feature; involving all other applicable components of CMECS, listing the defining species and explaining the ecological and societal values of the biotope (see Section 9). -Unless otherwise noted, biotic classification units in the BC are defined by the dominance of life forms, taxa, or other classifiers in an observation. For collected observations (such as grab samples or cores), dominance is measured in terms of biomass or numbers of individuals, as specified by the user. In the case of images and visual estimates, dominance is assigned to the taxa with the greatest percent cover in the observational footprint. For example, an observation with 60% seagrass, 20% soft corals, and 20% sponges is classified as an Aquatic Vegetation Bed—whereas an observation with 60% soft corals, 20% seagrass, and 20% sponges is classified as a Faunal Bed. It may be important for some users to note the presence of the non-dominant biota, which can be achieved by using a Co-occurring Element in an observation. See Section 10 for information about how to note Co-occurring Elements and Associated Taxa.",,1.1.0,B,None,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000106,CMECS_00000106,Original Unit,,, +Unless otherwise noted, biotic classification units in the BC are defined by the dominance of life forms, taxa, or other classifiers in an observation. For collected observations (such as grab samples or cores), dominance is measured in terms of biomass or numbers of individuals, as specified by the user. In the case of images and visual estimates, dominance is assigned to the taxa with the greatest percent cover in the observational footprint. For example, an observation with 60% seagrass, 20% soft corals, and 20% sponges is classified as an Aquatic Vegetation Bed�whereas an observation with 60% soft corals, 20% seagrass, and 20% sponges is classified as a Faunal Bed. It may be important for some users to note the presence of the non-dominant biota, which can be achieved by using a Co-occurring Element in an observation. See Section 10 for information about how to note Co-occurring Elements and Associated Taxa.",,1.1.0,B,None,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000106,CMECS_00000106,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,,,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Setting,"Planktonic Biota includes biota that drift, float, or remain suspended in the water column in aggregations that are big enough to be (a) detected by the human eye (or with mild magnification) or (b) sampled with a fine-plankton net. Planktonic biota are not regularly associated with the seafloor. Water parcels may be examined for plankton using a dipnet, a water sampler, a towed plankton net, imagery (including ""Plankton Cameras"" that are moved through the water), or other means. In all cases, plankton are assigned classifications based on perceived dominance by the observer (either based on mass or numbers, as specified by the user/observer). Because most plankton communities are mixes of many types of zooplankton and phytoplankton, practitioners should consider the widespread use of the Co-occurring Elements modifier (when non-dominant taxa are covered in other parts of the CMECS classification) or the Associated Taxa modifier (when non-dominant taxa do not constitute a CMECS classification unit).",,1.1.0,B,1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000648,CMECS_00000648,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Zooplankton,,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Class,"Water parcels or layers in which zooplankton are perceived to be the dominant feature. Zooplankton are heterotrophic biota of the water column; zooplankton drift with the currents, but may (or may not) be able to move through the water under their own power. Zooplankton may feed on phytoplankton, other zooplankton, or on detritus. CMECS classifies zooplankton that may range in size from gigantic salp chains (strings of gelatinous filter feeding tunicates that attain a length of 30 meters or more), to radiolarians (minute, shelled amoebas). CMECS was not designed to be used for the smallest planktonic forms (nanoplankton or picoplankton). CMECS Class Zooplankton includes both Holoplankton (that live out their entire life histories in the plankton) and Meroplankton (that are transient in the plankton). Meroplankton are typically larval stages that develop into nekton or benthos as they mature. Meroplankton in general are difficult to identify; specialized taxonomic knowledge and sets of regional keys are generally required. Both Holoplankton and Meroplankton are quite diverse and include members of most marine phyla. @@ -159,16 +159,16 @@ Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Diatom Phytoplankton,Diatom Bloo Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Diatom Phytoplankton,Diatom Maximum Layer,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,Relatively thin layer dominated by diatoms at depth in the water column. Layers of high diatom density generally form in the surface mixed layer and have also been found at deep subsurface maxima. These are associated with nutrient or temperature maxima.,,1.1.0,B,1.3.6.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000240,CMECS_00000240,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Diatom Phytoplankton,Diatom Maximum Layer, Maximum Layer,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,1.3.6.3.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000954,CMECS_00000954,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Phytoplankton,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Areas dominated by flagellated phytoplankton that have some motility and can control their position in the water column to a degree, diurnally migrating from surface to bottom to maximize conditions for growth. This group has both photosynthetic and heterotrophic species, which play a large role in coastal and estuarine trophic dynamics. These phytoplankton also can form noxious and harmful blooms, including red tides that may be toxic to higher consumers and to humans. Their complex life cycle goes through many stages, which can include resting cysts that spend prolonged periods in the benthic sediments.",,1.1.0,B,1.3.7,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000247,CMECS_00000247,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Aggregation,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Waters dominated by dinoflagellates that aggregate in coastal and marine waters throughout the world. Some evidence suggests that both heterotrophic and mixotrophic feeding adaptations supplement autotrophy, giving dinoflagellates a competitive advantage over other groups- especially during periods of low nutrient availability. Aggregations are responsible for bioluminescence, which may reduce predation by disrupting grazers and by triggering secondary predators that consume dinoflagellate predators (Latz et al. 2004)","Latz, M. I., M. Bovard, V. VanDelinder, E. Segre, J. Rohr, and A. Groisman. 2008. “Bioluminescent Response of Individual Dinoflagellate Cells to Hydrodynamic Stress Measured with Millisecond Resolution in a Microfluidic Device.” Journal of Experimental Biology 211: 2865-2875.",1.1.0,B,1.3.7.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000244,CMECS_00000244,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Aggregation,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Waters dominated by dinoflagellates that aggregate in coastal and marine waters throughout the world. Some evidence suggests that both heterotrophic and mixotrophic feeding adaptations supplement autotrophy, giving dinoflagellates a competitive advantage over other groups- especially during periods of low nutrient availability. Aggregations are responsible for bioluminescence, which may reduce predation by disrupting grazers and by triggering secondary predators that consume dinoflagellate predators (Latz et al. 2004)","Latz, M. I., M. Bovard, V. VanDelinder, E. Segre, J. Rohr, and A. Groisman. 2008. �Bioluminescent Response of Individual Dinoflagellate Cells to Hydrodynamic Stress Measured with Millisecond Resolution in a Microfluidic Device.� Journal of Experimental Biology 211: 2865-2875.",1.1.0,B,1.3.7.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000244,CMECS_00000244,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Aggregation, Aggregation,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,1.3.7.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001148,CMECS_00001148,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Bloom,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Surface waters where rapid growth and very high densities of dinoflagellates occur. These blooms have caused a number of problems in coastal waters because many species are toxic to consumers. Shellfish and fish can accumulate toxins and pass them on to higher trophic levels, including humans.",,1.1.0,B,1.3.7.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000245,CMECS_00000245,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Bloom, Bloom,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,1.3.7.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001100,CMECS_00001100,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Maximum Layer,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,Relatively thin layer dominated by dinoflagellates at depth in the water column. Dinoflagellates migrate vertically through the water column to layers where nutrients and light are optimal for growth. Often the maxima can occur at the surface when nutrients are saturating throughout the water column. There is also evidence that migration is an adaptive strategy to avoid predation (Baek et al. 2011).,"Baek, S. H., H. H. Shin, H-W Choi, S. Shimode, O. M. Hwang, K. Shin, and Y-O. Kim. 2011. “Ecological Behavior of the Dinoflagellate Ceratium furca in Jangmok Harbor of Jinhae Bay, Korea.” Journal of Plankton Research 33 (12): 1842-1846.",1.1.0,B,1.3.7.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000246,CMECS_00000246,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Maximum Layer,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,Relatively thin layer dominated by dinoflagellates at depth in the water column. Dinoflagellates migrate vertically through the water column to layers where nutrients and light are optimal for growth. Often the maxima can occur at the surface when nutrients are saturating throughout the water column. There is also evidence that migration is an adaptive strategy to avoid predation (Baek et al. 2011).,"Baek, S. H., H. H. Shin, H-W Choi, S. Shimode, O. M. Hwang, K. Shin, and Y-O. Kim. 2011. �Ecological Behavior of the Dinoflagellate Ceratium furca in Jangmok Harbor of Jinhae Bay, Korea.� Journal of Plankton Research 33 (12): 1842-1846.",1.1.0,B,1.3.7.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000246,CMECS_00000246,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Phytoplankton,Dinoflagellate Maximum Layer, Maximum Layer,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,1.3.7.3.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001074,CMECS_00001074,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Floating/Suspended Microbes,,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Class,Aggregations of microbes that are floating or suspended in the water column and not attached to the bottom or to any benthic substrate.,,1.1.0,B,1.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001452,CMECS_00001452,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Floating/Suspended Microbes,Films and Strands,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Aggregations of microbes in a very thin layer (millimeters or less) on the water's surface or at a discontinuity layer within the water column. The air-water interface is a site of intense biological activity due to the abundance of light, oxygen and energy. The density gradients and discontinuity at the surface of the water column or at fronts and discontinuities within the water column are ideal for the aggregation of microbes in films covering large areas and strands that follow the movements of water currents (Cunliffe and Murrell 2009). The concentration of microbes creates numerous niches for feeding by higher trophic levels and for the processing of biogenic and inorganic compounds that are important to marine chemistry, including controlling carbon, nitrogen and sulfur redox processes (Hansel and Francis 2006). The film created by microbial concentration also creates a biological barrier that can either facilitate or impede transgression of materials across the air-water interface or other layer.","Cunliffe, M., and J. C. Murrell. 2009. “The Sea-Surface Microlayer Is a Gelatinous Biofilm.” The ISME Journal 3:1001–1003.|Hansel, C. M., and C. A. Francis. 2006. “Coupled Photochemical and Enzymatic Mn(II) Oxidation Pathways of a Planktonic Roseobacter-like Bacterium.” Applied Environmental Microbiology 72(5): 3543–3549.",1.1.0,B,1.4.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000341,CMECS_00000341,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Floating/Suspended Microbes,Microbial Foam,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Aggregations of microbes within the foam matrix that forms on the water's surface. Sea foam is the foam the lies on the sea surface, in the surf zone and at times on intertidal areas, created from dissolved organic compounds when air is forcefully injected into the water column (Harden and Williams 1989). Foam formation is aided by properties of lignans, proteins and carbohydrates that act as surfactants or foaming agents. The large area presented by the micro-bubbles composing seafoam is an ideal surface for concentration and adherence of microbial communities including bacteria, viruses and microscopic plankton. The characteristics of the air-water interface, and particularly of sea foam are unique compared to the bulk water column (Lion and Leckie 1981) and possess unique physical and chemical properties. The foams are well-oxygenated, sites of photolytic processes and tend to support high levels of aerobic metabolism with high organic processing rates. Surface foam is the site of intense trophic activity at the microbial level because of the concentration of microbial biomass, sugars, lipids and other growth compounds and thus represents an important part of the marine microbial food web. Concentration and transformation of trace metals, nutrient compounds, contaminants and pollutants also occurs in sea foam and can enter the food web via microbial pathways. The properties of the foam have also been identified as delivering growth-promoting nutrients and organic material to seagrass and kelp communities.","Harden, S. L., and D. F. Williams. 1989. “Stable Carbon Isotopic Evidence for Sources of Particulate Organic Carbon Found in Sea Foam.” Estuaries and Coasts 12(1):4956.|Lion, L. W., and J. O. Leckie. 1981. “The Biogeochemistry of the Air-Sea Interface.” Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences 9: 449-484.",1.1.0,B,1.4.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000543,CMECS_00000543,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Floating/Suspended Microbes,Microbial Aggregation,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Aggregations of microbes within the water column that have detectable, visible color. Microbial communities suspended in the water column can reach high concentrations and even be the dominant biota in an area, both numerically and in terms of biomass. Suspended free-floating microbes, as well as those adsorbed to suspended particulates are important in the marine food web. The concentration of bacterial communities has been linked to discoloration of the water column (Hansel and Francis 2006) via oxidation of molecular compounds in the water, such as manganese and iron.","Hansel, C. M., and C. A. Francis. 2006. “Coupled Photochemical and Enzymatic Mn(II) Oxidation Pathways of a Planktonic Roseobacter-like Bacterium.” Applied Environmental Microbiology 72(5): 3543–3549.",1.1.0,B,1.4.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000541,CMECS_00000541,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Floating/Suspended Microbes,Films and Strands,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Aggregations of microbes in a very thin layer (millimeters or less) on the water's surface or at a discontinuity layer within the water column. The air-water interface is a site of intense biological activity due to the abundance of light, oxygen and energy. The density gradients and discontinuity at the surface of the water column or at fronts and discontinuities within the water column are ideal for the aggregation of microbes in films covering large areas and strands that follow the movements of water currents (Cunliffe and Murrell 2009). The concentration of microbes creates numerous niches for feeding by higher trophic levels and for the processing of biogenic and inorganic compounds that are important to marine chemistry, including controlling carbon, nitrogen and sulfur redox processes (Hansel and Francis 2006). The film created by microbial concentration also creates a biological barrier that can either facilitate or impede transgression of materials across the air-water interface or other layer.","Cunliffe, M., and J. C. Murrell. 2009. �The Sea-Surface Microlayer Is a Gelatinous Biofilm.� The ISME Journal 3:1001�1003.|Hansel, C. M., and C. A. Francis. 2006. �Coupled Photochemical and Enzymatic Mn(II) Oxidation Pathways of a Planktonic Roseobacter-like Bacterium.� Applied Environmental Microbiology 72(5): 3543�3549.",1.1.0,B,1.4.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000341,CMECS_00000341,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Floating/Suspended Microbes,Microbial Foam,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Aggregations of microbes within the foam matrix that forms on the water's surface. Sea foam is the foam the lies on the sea surface, in the surf zone and at times on intertidal areas, created from dissolved organic compounds when air is forcefully injected into the water column (Harden and Williams 1989). Foam formation is aided by properties of lignans, proteins and carbohydrates that act as surfactants or foaming agents. The large area presented by the micro-bubbles composing seafoam is an ideal surface for concentration and adherence of microbial communities including bacteria, viruses and microscopic plankton. The characteristics of the air-water interface, and particularly of sea foam are unique compared to the bulk water column (Lion and Leckie 1981) and possess unique physical and chemical properties. The foams are well-oxygenated, sites of photolytic processes and tend to support high levels of aerobic metabolism with high organic processing rates. Surface foam is the site of intense trophic activity at the microbial level because of the concentration of microbial biomass, sugars, lipids and other growth compounds and thus represents an important part of the marine microbial food web. Concentration and transformation of trace metals, nutrient compounds, contaminants and pollutants also occurs in sea foam and can enter the food web via microbial pathways. The properties of the foam have also been identified as delivering growth-promoting nutrients and organic material to seagrass and kelp communities.","Harden, S. L., and D. F. Williams. 1989. �Stable Carbon Isotopic Evidence for Sources of Particulate Organic Carbon Found in Sea Foam.� Estuaries and Coasts 12(1):4956.|Lion, L. W., and J. O. Leckie. 1981. �The Biogeochemistry of the Air-Sea Interface.� Annual Review of Earth and Planetary Sciences 9: 449-484.",1.1.0,B,1.4.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000543,CMECS_00000543,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Planktonic Biota,Floating/Suspended Microbes,Microbial Aggregation,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Aggregations of microbes within the water column that have detectable, visible color. Microbial communities suspended in the water column can reach high concentrations and even be the dominant biota in an area, both numerically and in terms of biomass. Suspended free-floating microbes, as well as those adsorbed to suspended particulates are important in the marine food web. The concentration of bacterial communities has been linked to discoloration of the water column (Hansel and Francis 2006) via oxidation of molecular compounds in the water, such as manganese and iron.","Hansel, C. M., and C. A. Francis. 2006. �Coupled Photochemical and Enzymatic Mn(II) Oxidation Pathways of a Planktonic Roseobacter-like Bacterium.� Applied Environmental Microbiology 72(5): 3543�3549.",1.1.0,B,1.4.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000541,CMECS_00000541,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,,,,,CMECS Biotic Component Setting,"This biotic setting describes areas where biota lives on, in, or in close association with the seafloor or other substrates (e.g., pilings, buoys), extending down into the sediment to include the sub-surface layers of substrate that contain multi-cellular life. As a rule, Benthic/Attached Biota units are characterized by the various life histories and taxonomic characteristics of the dominant life forms.",,1.1.0,B,2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001385,CMECS_00001385,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Setting,"Areas dominated by reef-building fauna, including living corals, mollusks, polychaetes or glass sponges. In order to be classified as Reef Biota, colonizing organisms must be judged to be sufficiently abundant to construct identifiable biogenic substrates. When not present in densities sufficient to construct reef substrate, the biota is classified in the Aquatic Vegetation Bed or Faunal Bed classes. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Coral R Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Coral Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Stony Coral Reef, Reef,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.1.1.1.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001122,CMECS_00001122,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Coral Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Stony Coral Reef, Reef,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.1.1.1.5,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001159,CMECS_00001159,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Coral Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Stony Coral Reef, Reef,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.1.1.1.6,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001251,CMECS_00001251,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Coral Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Stylasterid Coral Reef,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by stylasterid corals. A number of stylasterid coral species (Class: Hydrozoa; Order: Anthoathecatae; Family: Stylasteridae) form smaller branching colonies that can dominate certain habitats, primarily in deeper, colder waters. Stylasterid coral reefs often predominate on oceanic islands, seamounts, and archipelagos (Cairns 1992).","Cairns, S. D. 1992. “Worldwide Distribution of the Stylasteridae (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa).” Scientia Marina 56: 125–130.",1.1.0,B,2.1.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001430,CMECS_00001430,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Coral Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Stylasterid Coral Reef,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by stylasterid corals. A number of stylasterid coral species (Class: Hydrozoa; Order: Anthoathecatae; Family: Stylasteridae) form smaller branching colonies that can dominate certain habitats, primarily in deeper, colder waters. Stylasterid coral reefs often predominate on oceanic islands, seamounts, and archipelagos (Cairns 1992).","Cairns, S. D. 1992. �Worldwide Distribution of the Stylasteridae (Cnidaria: Hydrozoa).� Scientia Marina 56: 125�130.",1.1.0,B,2.1.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001430,CMECS_00001430,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Coral Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Stylasterid Coral Reef,Mixed Stylasterid Reef,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.1.1.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000555,CMECS_00000555,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Coral Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Stylasterid Coral Reef, Reef,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.1.1.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001279,CMECS_00001279,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Deep-Water/Cold-Water Coral Reef Biota,Colonized Deep-Water/Cold-Water Reef,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by deep-water reefs where live reef building hard corals are present, but not clearly dominant. Cover is dominated by non-reef-forming biota, including black corals, gold corals, gorgonians, sponges, and other sedentary or attached macro-invertebrates. If no living reef-forming corals are present, then the biotic class is Faunal Bed.",,1.1.0,B,2.1.1.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001411,CMECS_00001411,Original Unit,,, @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Glass Sponge Reef Biota,,,CME Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Glass Sponge Reef Biota,Glass Sponge Reef,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by one or more of the three species of glass sponges that appear to be the primary contributors to the framework of extant glass sponge reefs: , , and . See Figure 8.8 for an example of a Glass Sponge Reef.",,1.1.0,B,2.1.3.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000390,CMECS_00000390,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Glass Sponge Reef Biota,Glass Sponge Reef,Hexactinosida Reef,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.1.3.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000413,CMECS_00000413,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Mollusk Reef Biota,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Areas dominated by consolidated aggregations of living and dead mollusks, usually bivalves (e.g., oysters or mussels or giant clams) or gastropods (e.g., vermetids) attached to their conspecifics and sufficiently abundant to create substrate.",,1.1.0,B,2.1.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000569,CMECS_00000569,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Mollusk Reef Biota,Gastropod Reef,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by consolidated aggregations of living and dead gastropod mollusks, typically those of the Family Vermetidae or the Genus . Shells in a ""reef"" must have consolidated or conglomerated into a reef structure with some relief and permanence; a reef is more that an accumulation of loose shells. Vermetids construct tubes that are cemented to hard substrates and to conspecifics, generally in intertidal habitats, e.g., . forms reefs through preferential settling of larvae on conspecifics (Zhao and Qian 2002) combined with very limited mobility, and sediment infilling. Crepidula reefs are generally flat features with little vertical relief.","Zhao, B. and P-Y. Qian. 2002. “Larval Settlement and Metamorphosis in the Slipper Limpet Crepidula onyx (Sowerby) in Response to Conspecific Cues and the Cues from Biofilm.” Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 269: 39–5.",1.1.0,B,2.1.4.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000382,CMECS_00000382,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Mollusk Reef Biota,Gastropod Reef,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by consolidated aggregations of living and dead gastropod mollusks, typically those of the Family Vermetidae or the Genus . Shells in a ""reef"" must have consolidated or conglomerated into a reef structure with some relief and permanence; a reef is more that an accumulation of loose shells. Vermetids construct tubes that are cemented to hard substrates and to conspecifics, generally in intertidal habitats, e.g., . forms reefs through preferential settling of larvae on conspecifics (Zhao and Qian 2002) combined with very limited mobility, and sediment infilling. Crepidula reefs are generally flat features with little vertical relief.","Zhao, B. and P-Y. Qian. 2002. �Larval Settlement and Metamorphosis in the Slipper Limpet Crepidula onyx (Sowerby) in Response to Conspecific Cues and the Cues from Biofilm.� Journal of Experimental Marine Biology and Ecology 269: 39�5.",1.1.0,B,2.1.4.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000382,CMECS_00000382,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Mollusk Reef Biota,Gastropod Reef, Reef,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.1.4.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001031,CMECS_00001031,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Mollusk Reef Biota,Gastropod Reef,Vermetid Reef,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.1.4.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000877,CMECS_00000877,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Reef Biota,Mollusk Reef Biota,Gastropod Reef,Serpulorbis Reef,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.1.4.1.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000735,CMECS_00000735,Original Unit,,, @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Diverse Coloni Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Diverse Colonizers,Anemone/Mussel/Bryozoan Colonizers (Large Macrofauna),CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.1.3.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001335,CMECS_00001335,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Diverse Colonizers,Mollusk/Sponge/Tunicate Colonizers (Large Megafauna),CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.1.3.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001527,CMECS_00001527,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Diverse Colonizers,Sponge/Gorgonian Colonizers,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.1.3.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001581,CMECS_00001581,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Attached Tube-Building Fauna,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Hard substrate areas with a percent cover dominated by tube builders, including annelids, phoronids, sipunculids, crustaceans, gastropods, pogonophorans, echiurans, priapulids, and other phyla. These animals construct chitinous, leathery, calcareous, sandy, mucus, or other types of tubes that are cemented or otherwise attached to hard substrate, and can occur in very high densities. If the tubes are built from a more permanent material (e.g., calcium carbonate) and occur in densities sufficient to construct substrate, these areas may be classified as Reef Biota.",,1.1.0,B,2.2.1.3.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000061,CMECS_00000061,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Attached Tube-Building Fauna,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Hard substrate areas with a percent cover dominated by tube builders, including annelids, phoronids, sipunculids, crustaceans, gastropods, pogonophorans, echiurans, priapulids, and other phyla. These animals construct chitinous, leathery, calcareous, sandy, mucus, or other types of tubes that are cemented or otherwise attached to hard substrate, and can occur in very high densities. If the tubes are built from a more permanent material (e.g., calcium carbonate) and occur in densities sufficient to construct substrate, these areas may be classified as Reef Biota.",,1.1.0,B,2.2.1.3.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000067,CMECS_00000067,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Attached Tube-Building Fauna,Attached Phoronids,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,,B,,,,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Attached Tube-Building Fauna,Attached Pogonophorans,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.1.3.5,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000062,CMECS_00000062,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Attached Tube-Building Fauna,Attached ,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.1.3.6,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001368,CMECS_00001368,Original Unit,,, @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Attached Sea U Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Attached Fauna,Attached Sea Urchins,Attached ,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.1.24.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001374,CMECS_00001374,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Soft Sediment Fauna,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Areas that are characterized by fine unconsolidated substrates (sand, mud) and that are dominated in percent cover or in estimated biomass by infauna, sessile epifauna, mobile epifauna, mobile fauna that create semi-permanent burrows as homes, or by structures or evidence associated with these fauna (e.g., tilefish burrows, lobster burrows). These animals may tunnel freely within the sediment or embed themselves wholly or partially in the sediment. In many cases, they will regularly leave their burrows, and may move rapidly or swim actively after doing so, but any animal that creates a semi-permanent home in the sediment can be classified as Soft Sediment Fauna. These animals may also move slowly over the sediment surface, but are not capable of moving outside of the boundaries of the classification unit within one day. Most of these fauna possess specialized organs for burrowing, digging, embedding, tube-building, anchoring, or locomotory activities in soft substrates. Biotic communities in the Soft Sediment Fauna subclass are identified with the term ""Bed"", to distinguish them from Attached Fauna biotic communities (which do not include the term ""Bed""). Within Soft Sediment Fauna, the Biotic Group is identified as the biota making up the greatest percent cover or the greatest estimated biomass within the classified area. Biota present at lesser percent cover or estimated biomass values within the classified area may be identified as Co-occurring Elements (See Section 10.6.2) or (if not a CMECS Biotic Group) as Associated Taxa (See Section 10.3.1). Associated Taxa include rapid epifaunal predators such as crustaceans, fishes, and other nekton that are capable of leaving the boundaries of the classification unit within one day. Associated Taxa may be capable of digging into the sediment surface to feed or hide (e.g., portunid crabs) but do not construct a semi-permanent burrow as would define Soft Sediment Fauna. For practitioners who wish to better characterize Soft Sediment Fauna, the Community Successional Stage Modifier (Section 10.3.2, including Figure 10.1 and Table 10.3) is a helpful addition to classifying soft sediment fauna, and can be applied to almost every soft-sediment area. This modifier provides ecological and functional information, and adds an element of assessment.",,1.1.0,B,2.2.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000777,CMECS_00000777,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Soft Sediment Fauna,Larger Deep-Burrowing Fauna,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Assemblages dominated by the presence—or evidence—of larger, deep-burrowing, soft-bodied, generally worm-like infauna. Characteristic taxa include larger (body width > 2 millimeters) annelids (segmented worms), enteropneusts (acorn worms), sipunculids (peanut worms), priapulids (phallus worms), nemerteans (ribbon worms), echiuroids (spoon worms), and/or other worm-like fauna, typically living > 5 centimeters below the sediment-water interface. Diverse mixes of fauna are common, and biotic communities may or may not be identifiable with an abundant or distinctive dominant taxon. Large fecal casts, mounds, burrows, feeding voids, etc., may be taken as evidence of deep-burrowing fauna. However, areas characterized by larger, tube-building worms (that construct a significant tube structure rising above the sediment-water interface, but may live with a body position below the sediment surface) are classified as Larger Tube-Building Fauna. Burrowing fauna with shells (e.g., clams and crustaceans) are covered below in other biotic groups.",,1.1.0,B,2.2.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000460,CMECS_00000460,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Soft Sediment Fauna,Larger Deep-Burrowing Fauna,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Assemblages dominated by the presence�or evidence�of larger, deep-burrowing, soft-bodied, generally worm-like infauna. Characteristic taxa include larger (body width > 2 millimeters) annelids (segmented worms), enteropneusts (acorn worms), sipunculids (peanut worms), priapulids (phallus worms), nemerteans (ribbon worms), echiuroids (spoon worms), and/or other worm-like fauna, typically living > 5 centimeters below the sediment-water interface. Diverse mixes of fauna are common, and biotic communities may or may not be identifiable with an abundant or distinctive dominant taxon. Large fecal casts, mounds, burrows, feeding voids, etc., may be taken as evidence of deep-burrowing fauna. However, areas characterized by larger, tube-building worms (that construct a significant tube structure rising above the sediment-water interface, but may live with a body position below the sediment surface) are classified as Larger Tube-Building Fauna. Burrowing fauna with shells (e.g., clams and crustaceans) are covered below in other biotic groups.",,1.1.0,B,2.2.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000460,CMECS_00000460,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Soft Sediment Fauna,Larger Deep-Burrowing Fauna, Bed,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.2.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000966,CMECS_00000966,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Soft Sediment Fauna,Larger Deep-Burrowing Fauna, Bed,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.2.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000976,CMECS_00000976,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Soft Sediment Fauna,Larger Deep-Burrowing Fauna, Bed,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.2.1.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001068,CMECS_00001068,Original Unit,,, @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Inferred Fauna,Fecal Mounds,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Inferred Fauna,Fecal Mounds, Castings,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.3.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000947,CMECS_00000947,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Inferred Fauna,Fecal Mounds,Balanoglossid Castings,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.3.2.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000075,CMECS_00000075,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Inferred Fauna,Fecal Mounds,Holothurian Castings,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.3.2.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000418,CMECS_00000418,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Inferred Fauna,"Pelletized, Fluid Surface Layer",,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas distinguished by a fluid, fecal-rich, pelletized surface layer, which is typically 5 - 15 millimeters thick (Rhoads and Young 1970). This layer is characteristic of deposit-feeding polychaetes, deposit-feeding clams, and/or other fauna. This layer is indicative of deposit feeders, but is not always present in deposit feeding communities, particularly when currents are sufficient to remove the layer.","Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1982. “Characterization of Organism-Sediment Relationships Using Sediment Profile Imaging: An Efficient Method of Remote Ecological Monitoring of the Seafloor (REMOTS System).” Marine Ecology Progress Series 8: 115–128.",1.1.0,B,2.2.3.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001546,CMECS_00001546,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Inferred Fauna,"Pelletized, Fluid Surface Layer",,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas distinguished by a fluid, fecal-rich, pelletized surface layer, which is typically 5 - 15 millimeters thick (Rhoads and Young 1970). This layer is characteristic of deposit-feeding polychaetes, deposit-feeding clams, and/or other fauna. This layer is indicative of deposit feeders, but is not always present in deposit feeding communities, particularly when currents are sufficient to remove the layer.","Rhoads, D. C., and J. D. Germano. 1982. �Characterization of Organism-Sediment Relationships Using Sediment Profile Imaging: An Efficient Method of Remote Ecological Monitoring of the Seafloor (REMOTS System).� Marine Ecology Progress Series 8: 115�128.",1.1.0,B,2.2.3.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001546,CMECS_00001546,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Inferred Fauna,"Pelletized, Fluid Surface Layer",Fluidized Capitellid Layer,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.3.3.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000357,CMECS_00000357,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Inferred Fauna,"Pelletized, Fluid Surface Layer",Fluidized Deposit Feeder Layer,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.3.3.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000358,CMECS_00000358,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Faunal Bed,Inferred Fauna,"Pelletized, Fluid Surface Layer",Fluidized Maldanid Layer,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.2.3.3.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000359,CMECS_00000359,Original Unit,,, @@ -534,16 +534,16 @@ Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Microbial Communities,Mat/Film Forming M Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Microbial Communities,Mat/Film Forming Microbes,Vent Microbes,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by chemoautotrophic bacteria living on or near hydrothermal vents. These bacteria can use the chemicals present around the vent as an energy source. The bacteria are present in the water column and on substrate near vents as bacterial mats, films, and strands. They form the primary food source (as symbionts or as free-living bacterial clusters) for the gigantic and diverse fauna that inhabit Vent Communities. Vent Microbes colonize new vents, making the area hospitable to other fauna.",,1.1.0,B,2.3.2.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000876,CMECS_00000876,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Microbial Communities,Mat/Film Forming Microbes,Vent Microbes, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.3.2.4.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001298,CMECS_00001298,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Microbial Communities,Mat/Film Forming Microbes,Vent Microbes,Thermoacidophiles Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.3.2.4.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000827,CMECS_00000827,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Class,"Tidal areas dominated by submerged or emergent mosses or lichens. Communities dominated by mosses are limited to freshwater situations. Although some mosses have been reported in tidal salt marshes, they have not been reported as dominant (Garbary et al. 2008). Lichens, on the other hand, occur in both freshwater and marine environments in relatively recognizable zones based on, among other factors, the extent to which they are submerged or flooded (Hawksworth 2000; Fletcher 1973; Gilbert and Giavarini 1997). Lichens are generally recognized as a symbiotic association with a fungus and an alga (or cyanobacterium) living together and forming patches or a visible pattern on the surface of the substrate.","Hawksworth, D. L. 2000. “Freshwater and Marine Lichen-Forming Fungi.” In Aquatic Mycology Across the Millennium. Edited by K. D. Hyde, W. H. Ho, and S. B. Pointing. Fungal Diversity 5: 1–7.|Fletcher, A. 1973. “The Ecology of Marine (Supra Littoral) Lichens on Some Rocky Shores of Anglesey.” Lichenologist 5: 401–422.|Gilbert, O. L., and V. J. Giavarini. 1997. “The Lichen Vegetation of Acid Watercourses in England.” Lichenologist 29: 347–367.",1.1.0,B,2.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000575,CMECS_00000575,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Freshwater Tidal Lichens,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,Freshwater tidal areas dominated by salt-intolerant lichen species that form patches or visible patterns on the surface of the substrate. Freshwater lichen Biotic Groups are based on a modification of Gilbert and Giavarini (1997).,"Gilbert, O. L., and V. J. Giavarini. 1997. “The Lichen Vegetation of Acid Watercourses in England.” Lichenologist 29: 347–367.",1.1.0,B,2.4.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000374,CMECS_00000374,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Freshwater Tidal Lichens,Freshwater Submerged and Regularly Flooded Tidal Lichen Zone,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,Submerged or regularly flooded freshwater tidal areas dominated by lichens that can tolerate regular inundation. This zone includes the Submerged Zone described by Gilbert and Giavarini.,"Gilbert, O. L., and V. J. Giavarini. 1997. “The Lichen Vegetation of Acid Watercourses in England.” Lichenologist 29: 347–367.",1.1.0,B,2.4.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000373,CMECS_00000373,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Freshwater Tidal Lichens,Freshwater Irregularly Flooded Tidal Lichen Zone,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Tidal areas that are irregularly flooded (less often than daily) by tidal or non-tidal floods. Areas are generally characterized by lichen species that require moist or damp substrates. This zone corresponds to the Fluvial Mesic and Fluvial Xeric Zones described by Gilbert and Giavarini, but the CMECS group only includes the parts related to the Tidal Lichen Zones.","Gilbert, O. L., and V. J. Giavarini. 1997. “The Lichen Vegetation of Acid Watercourses in England.” Lichenologist 29: 347–367.",1.1.0,B,2.4.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000372,CMECS_00000372,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,Marine tidal areas dominated by lichen species that form patches or visible patterns on the surface of the substrate. Marine Lichen Biotic Groups are based on a modification of Fletcher (1973).,"Fletcher, A. 1973. “The Ecology of Marine (Supra Littoral) Lichens on Some Rocky Shores of Anglesey.” Lichenologist 5: 401–422.",1.1.0,B,2.4.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000494,CMECS_00000494,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Intertidal Lichen Zone,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,Zones dominated by patches of lichens that are regularly submerged by marine tides. This zone corresponds to the Littoral Zone described by Fletcher.,"Fletcher, A. 1973. “The Ecology of Marine (Supra Littoral) Lichens on Some Rocky Shores of Anglesey.” Lichenologist 5: 401–422.",1.1.0,B,2.4.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000492,CMECS_00000492,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Class,"Tidal areas dominated by submerged or emergent mosses or lichens. Communities dominated by mosses are limited to freshwater situations. Although some mosses have been reported in tidal salt marshes, they have not been reported as dominant (Garbary et al. 2008). Lichens, on the other hand, occur in both freshwater and marine environments in relatively recognizable zones based on, among other factors, the extent to which they are submerged or flooded (Hawksworth 2000; Fletcher 1973; Gilbert and Giavarini 1997). Lichens are generally recognized as a symbiotic association with a fungus and an alga (or cyanobacterium) living together and forming patches or a visible pattern on the surface of the substrate.","Hawksworth, D. L. 2000. �Freshwater and Marine Lichen-Forming Fungi.� In Aquatic Mycology Across the Millennium. Edited by K. D. Hyde, W. H. Ho, and S. B. Pointing. Fungal Diversity 5: 1�7.|Fletcher, A. 1973. �The Ecology of Marine (Supra Littoral) Lichens on Some Rocky Shores of Anglesey.� Lichenologist 5: 401�422.|Gilbert, O. L., and V. J. Giavarini. 1997. �The Lichen Vegetation of Acid Watercourses in England.� Lichenologist 29: 347�367.",1.1.0,B,2.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000575,CMECS_00000575,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Freshwater Tidal Lichens,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,Freshwater tidal areas dominated by salt-intolerant lichen species that form patches or visible patterns on the surface of the substrate. Freshwater lichen Biotic Groups are based on a modification of Gilbert and Giavarini (1997).,"Gilbert, O. L., and V. J. Giavarini. 1997. �The Lichen Vegetation of Acid Watercourses in England.� Lichenologist 29: 347�367.",1.1.0,B,2.4.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000374,CMECS_00000374,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Freshwater Tidal Lichens,Freshwater Submerged and Regularly Flooded Tidal Lichen Zone,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,Submerged or regularly flooded freshwater tidal areas dominated by lichens that can tolerate regular inundation. This zone includes the Submerged Zone described by Gilbert and Giavarini.,"Gilbert, O. L., and V. J. Giavarini. 1997. �The Lichen Vegetation of Acid Watercourses in England.� Lichenologist 29: 347�367.",1.1.0,B,2.4.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000373,CMECS_00000373,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Freshwater Tidal Lichens,Freshwater Irregularly Flooded Tidal Lichen Zone,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Tidal areas that are irregularly flooded (less often than daily) by tidal or non-tidal floods. Areas are generally characterized by lichen species that require moist or damp substrates. This zone corresponds to the Fluvial Mesic and Fluvial Xeric Zones described by Gilbert and Giavarini, but the CMECS group only includes the parts related to the Tidal Lichen Zones.","Gilbert, O. L., and V. J. Giavarini. 1997. �The Lichen Vegetation of Acid Watercourses in England.� Lichenologist 29: 347�367.",1.1.0,B,2.4.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000372,CMECS_00000372,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,Marine tidal areas dominated by lichen species that form patches or visible patterns on the surface of the substrate. Marine Lichen Biotic Groups are based on a modification of Fletcher (1973).,"Fletcher, A. 1973. �The Ecology of Marine (Supra Littoral) Lichens on Some Rocky Shores of Anglesey.� Lichenologist 5: 401�422.",1.1.0,B,2.4.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000494,CMECS_00000494,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Intertidal Lichen Zone,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,Zones dominated by patches of lichens that are regularly submerged by marine tides. This zone corresponds to the Littoral Zone described by Fletcher.,"Fletcher, A. 1973. �The Ecology of Marine (Supra Littoral) Lichens on Some Rocky Shores of Anglesey.� Lichenologist 5: 401�422.",1.1.0,B,2.4.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000492,CMECS_00000492,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Intertidal Lichen Zone, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.4.2.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001017,CMECS_00001017,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Intertidal Lichen Zone, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.4.2.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001104,CMECS_00001104,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Intertidal Lichen Zone,Intertidal Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.4.2.1.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001486,CMECS_00001486,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Supratidal Lichen Zone,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Zones dominated by patches of lichens in association with the supratidal zone (splash zone). These areas are rarely submerged, but are regularly wetted by splash and sea spray. These lichen zones are most often associated with rocky shores with abundant sea spray. This zone corresponds to the Supralittoral Zone described by Fletcher.","Fletcher, A. 1973. “The Ecology of Marine (Supra Littoral) Lichens on Some Rocky Shores of Anglesey.” Lichenologist 5: 401–422.",1.1.0,B,2.4.2.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000519,CMECS_00000519,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Supratidal Lichen Zone,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Zones dominated by patches of lichens in association with the supratidal zone (splash zone). These areas are rarely submerged, but are regularly wetted by splash and sea spray. These lichen zones are most often associated with rocky shores with abundant sea spray. This zone corresponds to the Supralittoral Zone described by Fletcher.","Fletcher, A. 1973. �The Ecology of Marine (Supra Littoral) Lichens on Some Rocky Shores of Anglesey.� Lichenologist 5: 401�422.",1.1.0,B,2.4.2.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000519,CMECS_00000519,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Supratidal Lichen Zone, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.4.2.2.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000943,CMECS_00000943,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Supratidal Lichen Zone, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.4.2.2.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000986,CMECS_00000986,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Moss and Lichen Communities,Marine Lichens,Marine Supratidal Lichen Zone, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.4.2.2.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001202,CMECS_00001202,Original Unit,,, @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,,,,CMECS Biotic C Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Aquatic beds dominated by macroalgae attached to the substrate, such as kelp (Figure 8.14), intertidal fucoids, and calcareous algae. Macroalgal communities can exist at all depths within the photic zone, on diverse substrates, and across a range of energy and water chemistry regimes. In the CMECS framework, macroalgae that dominate the benthic environment and form a vegetated cover fall within this subclass. Macroalgal communities (typically coralline/crustose algae) that build substrate in a reef setting are categorized in the BC Reef Biota Class instead. Many macroalgal types and communities have low temporal persistence and can bloom and die-back within short periods. This aspect of macroalgae is reflected with the temporal persistence modifier, which allows further description of the units in this subclass. While many researchers organize macroalgae based on their pigmentation, CMECS takes a growth morphology approach to defining benthic algal biotic groups. This decision was driven by the fact that macroalgal assemblages often include a variety of co-existing algal species, making delineations of individual species difficult. This approach also captures the influence that the algal growth structure has in shaping the local environment- by providing shelter, shade, and detrital material to an area, which is important to associated fauna. -The Biotic Group level of classification here is a modification of the ""Littler functional-form model"" for marine macroalgae, as described by Littler, Littler, and Taylor (1983) and promoted by Lobban and Harrison (1997). The Littler functional form groups are the sheet group, filamentous group, coarsely branched group, thick leathery group, jointed calcareous group, and crustose group. Littler, Littler, and Taylor (1983) discuss the morphological, metabolic, and ecological significance of each group, and they point out that these groups are best considered as recognizable points along a continuum (rather than as discrete bins). Biotic Groups and Communities defined by macroalgae generally also include a diversity of associated fauna, including many that consume macroalgae (e.g., sea urchins and mollusks); these may be characterized as Modifiers: Associated Taxa, or Co-occurring Elements.","Littler, M. M., D. S. Littler, and P. R. Taylor. 1983. “Evolutionary Strategies in a Tropical Barrier Reef System: Functional-Form Groups of Marine Macroalgae.” Journal of Phycology 19: 229–237.|Lobban, C. S., and P. J. Harrison. 1997. Seaweed Ecology and Physiology. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.",1.1.0,B,2.5.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000097,CMECS_00000097,Original Unit,,, +The Biotic Group level of classification here is a modification of the ""Littler functional-form model"" for marine macroalgae, as described by Littler, Littler, and Taylor (1983) and promoted by Lobban and Harrison (1997). The Littler functional form groups are the sheet group, filamentous group, coarsely branched group, thick leathery group, jointed calcareous group, and crustose group. Littler, Littler, and Taylor (1983) discuss the morphological, metabolic, and ecological significance of each group, and they point out that these groups are best considered as recognizable points along a continuum (rather than as discrete bins). Biotic Groups and Communities defined by macroalgae generally also include a diversity of associated fauna, including many that consume macroalgae (e.g., sea urchins and mollusks); these may be characterized as Modifiers: Associated Taxa, or Co-occurring Elements.","Littler, M. M., D. S. Littler, and P. R. Taylor. 1983. �Evolutionary Strategies in a Tropical Barrier Reef System: Functional-Form Groups of Marine Macroalgae.� Journal of Phycology 19: 229�237.|Lobban, C. S., and P. J. Harrison. 1997. Seaweed Ecology and Physiology. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press.",1.1.0,B,2.5.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000097,CMECS_00000097,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,Calcareous Algal Bed,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by calcareous algae that incorporate calcium carbonate into their tissues, support their own weight, and have an upright growth form. Calcareous algae can form carpets on the bottom, and- as they decay- the calcareous skeletons remain behind, occasionally forming loose accumulations on the bottom resembling chips. Calcareous algae that occur in a reef setting are included in the Colonized Shallow and Mesophotic Reef biotic group.",,1.1.0,B,2.5.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000127,CMECS_00000127,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,Calcareous Algal Bed, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.5.1.1.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001025,CMECS_00001025,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,Calcareous Algal Bed, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.5.1.1.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001075,CMECS_00001075,Original Unit,,, @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalga Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,Sheet Algal Bed, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.5.1.7.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001073,CMECS_00001073,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,Sheet Algal Bed, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.5.1.7.3,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001130,CMECS_00001130,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,Sheet Algal Bed, Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.5.1.7.4,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001308,CMECS_00001308,Original Unit,,, -Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,Turf Algal Bed,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by turf algae that represent a multi-specific assemblage of diminutive, often filamentous, algae that attain a canopy height of only 1 - 10 millimeters (see Steneck 1988 for review). These microalgal species have a high diversity (more than 100 species in the western Atlantic), although only 30 - 50 species commonly occur at one time. There is a high turnover of individual turf algal species seasonally; only a few species are able to persist or remain abundant throughout the year. But turf algae- when observed as a functional group- remain relatively stable year round (Steneck and Dethier 1994), and they are often able to recover rapidly after being partially consumed by herbivores. Turfs are capable of trapping ambient sediment, and they kill corals by gradual encroachment.","Steneck, R. S., and M. N. Dethier. 1994. “A Functional Group Approach to the Structure of Algal-Dominated Communities.” Oikos 69 (3): 476–598.",1.1.0,B,2.5.1.8,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000865,CMECS_00000865,Original Unit,,, +Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,Turf Algal Bed,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Group,"Areas dominated by turf algae that represent a multi-specific assemblage of diminutive, often filamentous, algae that attain a canopy height of only 1 - 10 millimeters (see Steneck 1988 for review). These microalgal species have a high diversity (more than 100 species in the western Atlantic), although only 30 - 50 species commonly occur at one time. There is a high turnover of individual turf algal species seasonally; only a few species are able to persist or remain abundant throughout the year. But turf algae- when observed as a functional group- remain relatively stable year round (Steneck and Dethier 1994), and they are often able to recover rapidly after being partially consumed by herbivores. Turfs are capable of trapping ambient sediment, and they kill corals by gradual encroachment.","Steneck, R. S., and M. N. Dethier. 1994. �A Functional Group Approach to the Structure of Algal-Dominated Communities.� Oikos 69 (3): 476�598.",1.1.0,B,2.5.1.8,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000865,CMECS_00000865,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Benthic Macroalgae,Turf Algal Bed,Mixed Algal Turf Communities,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Community,,,1.1.0,B,2.5.1.8.1,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000550,CMECS_00000550,Original Unit,,, Biotic Component,Benthic/Attached Biota,Aquatic Vegetation Bed,Aquatic Vascular Vegetation,,,CMECS Biotic Component: Biotic Subclass,"Aquatic vascular vegetation beds dominated by submerged, rooted, vascular species (such as seagrasses, Figure 8.15) or submerged or rooted floating freshwater tidal vascular vegetation (such as hornworts [ spp.] or naiads [ spp.]). Note: Nomenclatural standards and punctuation for vegetated biotic communities are taken directly from FGDC-STD-005-2008. Strata are separated by a ""/"" (i.e., tree/shrub/herbaceous). Hyphens between species names indicate that they are in the same strata. Parentheses indicate that the species is important in defining the association, but may not be in every observation of the association. The name of the FGDC-STD-005-2008 Class is always used at the end of the association name. The epithet, ""[Provisional]"" is used when the type has been identified, but not yet formally incorporated into FGDC-STD-005-2008.","FGDC (Federal Geographic Data Committee). 2008. FGDC-STD-005-2008. National Vegetation Classification Standard, Version 2. Reston, VA: U.S. Geological Survey.",1.1.0,B,2.5.2,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000035,CMECS_00000035,Original Unit,,, diff --git a/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0-SC.csv b/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0-SC.csv index 33823ac..aa5dc37 100644 --- a/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0-SC.csv +++ b/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0/CMECS_Catalog_v1.1.0-SC.csv @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Bi Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Hash ,Algal Hash,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Biogenic Hash particles (2 to < 64 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Granule and Pebble) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of non-living calcareous algae fragments.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001654,CMECS_00001654,Original Unit,Addition,See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Hash ,Algal Hash,Rhodolith Hash,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Biogenic Hash particles (2 to < 64 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Granule and Pebble) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of non-living rhodolith fragments.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000673,CMECS_00000673,Derived Unit,Change in level down|Membership change|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Hash ,Coral Hash,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Biogenic Hash particles (2 to < 64 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Granule and Pebble) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of non-living coral fragments.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000193,CMECS_00000193,Derived Unit,Change in level down|Membership change|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, -Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Hash ,Coral Hash, Hash,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Biogenic Hash particles (2 to < 64 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Granule and Pebble) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of non-living fragments.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001653,CMECS_00001653,Original Unit,Addition,See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, +Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Hash ,Coral Hash, Hash,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Biogenic Hash particles (2 to < 64 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Granule and Pebble) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of non-living fragments.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001653,CMECS_00001653,Original Unit,Addition,See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Hash ,Shell Hash,,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Group,"Biogenic Hash particles (2 to < 64 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Granule and Pebble) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are of primarily composed of non-living shells and shell bits. Most (but not all) shell-builders are mollusks.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00000744,CMECS_00000744,Derived Unit,Change in level down|Membership change|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Hash ,Shell Hash, Hash,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Biogenic Hash particles (2 to < 64 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Granule and Pebble) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of cemented or conglomerated shells and shell bits.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001021,CMECS_00001021,Derived Unit,Change in level down|Membership change|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units, Substrate Component,Biogenic Substrate,Fine Unconsolidated Biogenic Substrate,Biogenic Hash ,Shell Hash, Hash,CMECS Substrate Component: Substrate Subgroup,"Biogenic Hash particles (2 to < 64 millimeters, equivalent to Geologic Origin Subgroups: Granule and Pebble) that cover 50% or greater of the Biogenic Substrate surface and are primarily composed of loose shells and shell bits.",,1.1.0,S,,https://w3id.org/CMECS/CMECS_00001030,CMECS_00001030,Derived Unit,Change in Level Down|Editorial Change (defintion re-worded)|Attribute Change (Unit Type),See: Implementation Guidance for All Substrate Component Units,